Back to TV Shows Login to Watch
Four in a Bed
2010 - 2025 6.2 (16 votes) 29 Seasons
Official Website
Genres
Reality
Networks
Channel 4

Four in a Bed

Overview

Four pairs of B&B owners from across Britain take it in turns as hosts to decide which of their establishments provides the best value for money.

Seasons

Season 1 (2010)

No overview available.

20 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The Grange, Long Wittenham
2010-11-22

The contest begins at The Grange in Oxfordshire, where Graham Neil and his wife Cherry offer a picture-framing course and a morning bagpipe wake-up call. The competing guests are from South Wales, Edinburgh and Abingdon.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Happy Donkey Hill, Wales
2010-11-23

The competition reaches its second day, and the group visits the village of Llandysul, South Wales, to enjoy the hospitality of Katie Clamp and husband Andy. Edinburgh guesthouse manager Tony Costa is not happy to find dog hairs on his bed, and Graham Neil is unimpressed after taking a dip in the hot tub. Things seem to get worse when efforts to prepare a hearty breakfast backfire, leading to chaos in the kitchen.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Amar Agua, Edinburgh
2010-11-24

Tony and Dawn Ann Costa, owners of the five star Amar Agua in Edinburgh, pride themselves on their high standards. They decide to entertain their guests with a meal at a leading restaurant, and a visit to a subterranean museum, but Katie keeps complaining and Tony and Dawn Ann struggle to keep calm.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Abbey Guest House, Abingdon
2010-11-25

Terry and Peter Boswell welcome the group to their Abbey Guest House in Abingdon, Oxfordshire. They organise a day trip to the Thames, but Tony and Katie are still feuding, and the situation only gets worse at dinner as the evening ends in tears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day - Week 1
2010-11-26

The four sets of owners discover what the other competitors thought of their businesses by opening the cash-filled envelopes, which they filled with what they believed their hosts should receive. They meet for one last time to learn who has won the best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Manor House Farm, Norfolk
2010-11-29

The contest begins at the Manor House Farm in the Norfolk countryside. The guests get a taste of Libby Ellis's no-nonsense approach when she reveals she does not like having teachers to stay - a profession to which competitor Irene Willson from Sussex belongs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Butlers Farm, Sussex
2010-11-30

Self-confessed zany couple Pete and Irene Wilson invite their competitors to Butlers Farm in Sussex, but Bridlington pair Paul Sharpe and Lou Sittler are disgruntled by the fact they will be sleeping in the hosts' bedroom. Tensions continues to rise in the morning when the guests are unimpressed by overheated breakfast plates.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Lawn Guest House, Gatwick
2010-12-01

Quasim and Naila Suhail, owners of the Lawn Guest House near Gatwick, host the third day of the hospitality challenge. Everything seems to be going well for them when a karting afternoon brings a sense of competition to the group, but they are unprepared for the comments on the feedback forms.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The Swallow, Bridlington
2010-12-02

The last to host in this week's competition are Paul Sharpe and Lou Sittler at the Swallow in Bridlington. The duo are determined to put on the glitz for their guests, organising champagne on the beach and a cabaret dinner, but there is tension at breakfast as the pressure takes its toll.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day - Week 2
2010-12-03

The four sets of owners discover what the other competitors thought of their businesses by opening the cash-filled envelopes, which they filled with what they believed their hosts should receive. They meet for one last time to learn who has won the best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Swan Inn, Pontfadog
2010-12-06

The contest begins at the Swan Inn in Pontfadog, a village in the Ceiriog Valley in Wrexham. Ian and Cathy McNeill take their guests trout fishing, and round the day off with a meal in their own restaurant with entertainment from a traditional tenor. However, the morning is not as harmonious when the competitors struggle to have a wash with only one shower between all of them.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Bed & Breakfast by the Beach, Bournmouth
2010-12-07

The competition moves to Bournemouth, where owners John and Chris welcome their guests to the Bed & Breakfast by the Beach. The visit gets off to a bad start when hyper-critical Jill is reduced to tears by the discovery that her room does not have a smoke alarm, and the tension continues to mount at dinner, where the hosts regale their guests with racy tales from their past.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Lansbury, North Yorkshire
2010-12-08

The owner of the Lansbury on the North Yorkshire coast competes. All the guests are keen to get stuck into having a good look around her rooms after falling victim to her criticism earlier in the week, and when her efforts at playing tour guide backfire, and her breakfast fails to impress, she is reduced to tears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Castle House, Denbigh, North Wales
2010-12-09

The group's final destination is Charlie and Angie's Castle House in Denbigh, North Wales. The hosts take their guests to a nearby spa, but some complain of being bored, while back at the B&B, the previously critical Jill is full of praise.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day - Week 3
2010-12-10

The four sets of owners discover what the other competitors thought of their businesses by opening the cash-filled envelopes, which they filled with what they believed their hosts should receive. They meet for one last time to learn who has won the best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Fraoch House, Edinburgh
2010-12-13

The contest begins at the contemporary Fraoch House in Edinburgh, where Gareth Houston and his mother Heather Davidson hope to impress the guests with their stylish interiors and modern approach to hospitality

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Springfield Hotel, Marple, Greater Manchester
2010-12-14

A pair of newlywed B&B owners invite their rivals to their traditional establishment in Marple, Greater Manchester, and hope their quaint location will be enough to secure the prize. However, their guests make it well known that it will take more than an idyllic environment to emerge victorious.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Barns, Loughborough, Leicester
2010-12-15

Suzy Way, the owner of a modern and unconventional B&B near Loughborough, and her sister Niki Brown, prepare an activity-packed day featuring water sport wakeboarding, and a home-made curry to win their guests over.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: The Benson Hotel, Braintree, Essex
2010-12-16

John Benson is the last to host the group at his B&B in Braintree, Essex, where he hopes his strong business sense and capable manageress will make a good impression. A day out at a skidpan track is not to everyone's liking, but dinner is a more relaxed affair, enhanced by spooky stories and a sing-song.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day - Week 4
2010-12-17

The four sets of owners discover what the other competitors thought of their businesses by opening the cash-filled envelopes, which they filled with what they believed their hosts should receive. They meet for one last time to learn who has won the best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 2 (2011)

No overview available.

60 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Robertsbrook Guesthouse, Swanage
2011-05-30

Claire Hilton is first to host, at Robertsbrook Guesthouse in Swanage. Claire feels she has got more than a sporting chance in the competition. But Claire's first guests Lynn Self and Ziggy Broome are dubious about the cleanliness of their bedroom. Ziggy leaves no stone unturned in his search for dust, even dismantling the bed, before deciding he would rather sleep in the wardrobe. Claire's next guests have stayed in a fancy pad or two in their time - with their singing daughter Charlotte Church. Later the group don festive costumes for dinner. But talk of the serious business of star ratings creates a tension that continues at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Eden Lodge, Falmouth
2011-05-31

Quirky couple Lynn Self and Ziggy Broome hope to impress with their two-star B&B in Falmouth, Cornwall. But with two of the guests - Charlotte Church's parents James and Maria Church - already saying that they wouldn't stay anywhere below a four star, it could be an interesting day. From the offset the guests are very unimpressed by their surroundings - from peeling wallpaper to a dirty toilet brush. At dinner, when James and Maria reveal the truth about their famous daughter, Nicky reveals she used to be Mr Blobby's fan-mail writer After an interesting night's sleep, breakfast reduces some of the guests to fits of giggles.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Dexby Townhouse, Cardiff
2011-06-01

Charlotte Church's parents, James and Maria, run Dexby Townhouse in Cardiff. The hosts lay on a day of white-water rafting in tight wetsuits, and some magic tricks courtesy of Maria's young nephew Elliot. But, next morning, some of the guests are kept waiting for their breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Muddifords Court Country House, Devon
2011-06-02

It is the last stay of the competition and the turn of newlyweds Pip Easby and Nicky Lesser-Easby, who run Muddifords Court Country House in Devon. While the Churches find their historical four-poster bed a bit small, not all of the guests enjoy the trip to a local glass-blowing factory. Over dinner some of the participants say what they think of each other, and during the night James gets cold feet. But despite some disappointing bacon at breakfast, the feedback at check out time the next day leaves the hosts feeling pretty confident.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day, Week 1
2011-06-03

There are tears, outrage and arguments as the group meet one last time to find out exactly how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers, and to air their grievances face to face.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Gorse Meadow, New Forest
2011-06-06

First to host this time is Mrs Tee in the New Forest Mrs Tee's eccentric ways charm the guests on arrival. But not everyone's room is up to scratch. John and Neil's bathroom window needs fixing and Alistair and Emma Mundell find they are sharing their room with ladybirds, cobwebs and dust. Mrs Tee's group activity is a master class in mushrooms master class and her home-cooked dinner also consists of mushrooms. At check out time while most of the guests agree that Mrs Tee's rooms just aren't up to standard, Alistair and Emma are the toughest critics.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Castle Hill Guesthouse, Lynton
2011-06-07

It's Alistair and Emma Mundell's turn to host in sleepy Lynton, North Devon at their four-star premises which only opened three months ago. The B&B newbies are desperate to impress with their recently renovated rooms. The accommodation proves a winner with Mark and Fee and John and Neil, but Mrs Tee is proving more difficult to please. Later a ride on the Victorian cliff railway from Lynton to Lynmouth proves hard for two of their guests who are afraid of heights. Over dinner John and Neil reveal their B&B is in Blackpool - a town which which Alistair confesses is his `worst nightmare'. In the morning Mrs Tee says she didn't sleep because of traffic noise and is so critical of the cooked breakfast the other guests are reduced to hysterics.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Vidella, Blackpool
2011-06-08

The competition heads north to Blackpool, where fun-loving pranksters John and Neil have hatched a plan to pay back Alistair for being a self-confessed Blackpool-hater. The fun continues at activity time as Neil appears in drag and leads the group to Funny Girls drag cabaret bar. Mark confesses he has never had such a surreal time, and even Alistair gets into the groove. Back at the Vidella the boys cook dinner providing a special blow-up guest to keep Mark company in the absence of his wife. Come the morning and Mrs Tee has had another bad nights sleep and again criticises breakfast. Plus there's yet another prank from the hosts - this time with a plastic egg.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Urban Beach, Bournemouth
2011-06-09

For the final visit the group checks into Mark Crib's boutique B&B in Bournemouth. With top prices of £170 the chic rooms come with all mod cons and super deluxe bathrooms. The afternoon's activity is a speedboat ride along the Jurassic coast. All the guests approve - even Mrs Tee is full of praise. And after some initial uncertainty Mrs Tee also declares the following morning's breakfast to be `excellent'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day, Week 2
2011-06-10

The hosts meet for one last time to find out what they've been paid and to thrash out their differences. There's soon trouble as Mrs Tee finds out that it's Alistair and Emma who scored her only one lowly point for cleanliness. The confrontation continues when the roles are reversed with a heated exchange resulting in a walk out.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Derwent House, West Sussex
2011-06-13

Jon and Julia Shorrock host the week's first round of the B&B competition from their four-star Derwent House in West Sussex. The guests are split by gender to sample the area, with the men firing machine guns at a shooting range and the women relaxing at a spa - but a carpeted bathroom and shower without hot water raise questions.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Kirkby Park B&B, Liverpool
2011-06-14

Today's hosts are soul mates Peter and Sharron Sorsky, who share the warmth of their Liverpool home with this week's guests. On arrival at Kirkby Park B&B, via the industrial estate, Annette is immediately on her guard after noting the CCTV camera on the outside of the house. Things don't get much better during the room inspection, as guests find dust, curly hair, unspecified dirt, stains and a hole in the wall. Peter and Sharron have got a surprise package in store for their guests to see a part of Liverpool they would never expect: its wildlife. A tour of Knowsley Safari Park, provides a chance for the guests to monkey about. All that fun means things get a little sweaty in the back of the Land Rover, so it's back to the B&B for a shower... which is easier said than done, as the Kirkby shower rota proves fallible. Still, at least Peter and Sharron have lined up one of their favourite restaurants for their guest's pleasure: an all-you-can-eat Chinese buffet.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Plas Dinas Country House, Snowdonia
2011-06-15

It's Andy and Julian Banner-Price's turn to host the competition at their swanky Plas Dinas Country House in Snowdonia, where they've allocated their guests their priciest rooms, costing between £190 and £250 per night. Peter and Sharron arrive in North Wales still reeling from receiving their own feedback forms, and immediately begin finding fault with seemingly every aspect of their room, particularly the antique furniture. A visit to the local slate museum provides a chance for the B&B owners to wash bedding the old fashioned way, and far from being a busman's holiday, it proves an unexpected hit. When it comes to the feedback forms Andy and Julian identify the chief complainers as the Sorskys.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Hazelwood Farm, Crayke
2011-06-16

The final B&B of the week is Annette McAnespie's Hazelwood Farm in Crake, Yorkshire. Annette is a one-woman whirlwind, as she cleans and cooks everything herself in her four-star silver B&B and also provides extra touches such as homemade biscuits in each room. Most initial impressions are favourable. After settling in, hyperactive Annette has lined up her idea of fun for her guests: a cycling tour. However, not everyone feels up to it, so Peter, Jon and Julia head off to a local craft centre to make mosaics. Over the paper and glue, Peter and Jon begin to bond for the first time all week, although Jon could just be enjoying the audience. Meanwhile, the cyclists have a lovely time when they find their picnic spot in a lay-by. In the hotelier's final breakfast send off, one-woman team Annette makes hosting look easy, as she cooks and serves all the breakfasts herself with fresh local produce. Julia's only criticism is that she'd have preferred a sausage with 'more girth'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day, Week 3
2011-06-17

The group return to final host Annette's Hazelwood farm for one last meeting to discover how much they've been paid and to have the chance to defend their comments and their B&Bs, before the winner is revealed. After quite a few tissues, Annette gets down to announcing the winners and the losers. It's been a week of waterworks, tall tales and breakfast scrambles, but who is going to end up with the final prize? And with the competition over, will anyone want to see each other again?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The PitStop, Hertfordshire
2011-06-20

Melvyn and Sindy start the latest competition at their B&B the Pitstop in Hertfordshire. But their guests are dubious about the satin sheets and the DIY breakfast. The Pitstop is a Morgan sports-car-themed B&B. However, the absence of tea and coffee in the rooms, and the presence of the odd cobweb causes a raised eyebrow or two. Unfortunately, Melvyn's after-dinner monologue about his darling Morgan sports cars does not go down well either.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Victory at Mersea, Essex
2011-06-21

Corporate couple Gill and Peter Tydie host at their four-star in Essex, which features 26 staff to organise the bar, restaurant and accommodation. On a trip to a local fishery Wayne's behaviour once again proves irritating to some of the others. Melvyn finds a hole in the bed sheet. And following some spilt coffee over breakfast and a fairly unsuccessful send-off, Gill and Peter are left feeling a lot less confident of victory.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Butterfly Paragliding B&B, Isle of Wight
2011-06-22

It's Dave 'Butterfly' Botha's turn to host, at his two-star establishment on the Isle of Wight. Tension builds from the outset as Wayne and Deborah discover that they'll be spending the night in one of the tepees in the garden... with an outdoor toilet. Dave's ace in the hole is paragliding lessons, which brings the group back together through the art of flight. Dave opts for a BBQ dinner - despite the freezing weather. After a restless night's sleep in their tepee Wayne and Deborah claim they have been served watery eggs and rubbery sausages for breakfast. How will the ever-positive host take the criticism?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Braddon Hall, Torquay
2011-06-23

Deborah Morrison and Wayne Bingham open their doors in Torquay, where a game of archery causes allegations of unfair play to fly. While Melvyn and Sindy are curious to know if the chandelier's sturdy enough to do some swinging, Gill and Pete are concerned over the mismatching type-faces on the in-room brochure, which is apparently a cardinal B&B sin. At dinner time the competitors' true feelings surface - with accusations of incoherent branding and imperfect websites.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day, Week 4
2011-06-24

The B&B owners gather to find out how much they've been paid, and to reveal the winner. Melvyn and Sindy interrogate their guests over the criticism in their feedback. Gill and Peter from the Victory bristle at the negative feedback and two underpayments. Butterfly Dave gets in a flap over a series of large underpayments. And Wayne and Deborah's payments leave the competition result in the balance.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Old Hall Country House, Madeley
2011-06-27

Simon White and friend and neighbour Shirley Boyle are first to host, in the picturesque village of Madeley, in Cheshire. On arrival, most of the guests are awed by the historical 16th century B&B. In the afternoon, Simon and Shirley take their guests tap dancing and, in keeping with the five-star luxury, to a private fine-dining restaurant for dinner. Next morning, however, one of the guests reports her dissatisfaction with the layout of her bedroom... and the garnish on her breakfast eggs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Thornley House, Allendale
2011-06-28

Cat-lover Eileen Finn welcomes guests to her four-star B&B in Allendale, Northumbria. But Eileen's beloved and very large Maine Coon cats are not to all of her guests' liking. Eileen's activity is a guided tour of her stunning grounds - including her very own pussycat cemetery - before the group is taken inside for a masterclass in the fine art of cat grooming. And at breakfast the guests get a little more than they bargained for with added extras in the form of cat hairs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Chy Conyn, St. Ives
2011-06-29

Jessica and Adrian Rashleigh hope the beautiful Cornish coastal surroundings will make up for the snugness of their three bed outfit in St Ives. Will their guests agree? For the activity, Jessica and Adrian take their guests on a magical mystery camper van tour of the local sights. At breakfast some of the guests struggle with the small breakfast room, but the food itself goes down quite well. And later, so do the men, as Eileen demonstrates her karate skills by flooring every one of them.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Cavendish, Bournemouth
2011-06-30

The last to host are Tim and Karen in Bournemouth. Their guests are impressed with the 16-bed 'pink palace', and Eileen is delighted by the feline memorabilia left in her room as a special touch by her caring competitors. But will an activity of indoor paintballing go down so well?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day, Week 5
2011-07-01

It's payment day and Simon of Old Hall Country House is stunned by a generous overpayment, while Eileen from Thornley is on the receiving end of some harsh criticism and some even harsher payments. And a shock underpayment leaves Tim from The Cavendish in Bournemouth reeling. With some of the guests barely on speaking terms, Tim takes centre stage to announce the winner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Godshill Park Farm House, Isle of Wight
2011-07-04

Mark and Kathy start the competition at their grandiose Godshill Park Farmhouse on the Isle of Wight. Will their award-winning breakfast do the business for their guests? Mark and Kathy's hosting skills immediately come into question as Kathy asks Kalpana and Joseph from The Address to remove their shoes because of the cream carpets. When the guests see their bedrooms, Ruth from Crake Trees Manor is perturbed to discover she's been given a four poster bed, while Teresa and Clive from the Butterfly Guest House are shocked to discover dust behind the bath taps. The day's activity is clay pigeon shooting. Welsh couple Teresa and Clive label the sport as posh, but that doesn't stop them wanting to win. Later Teresa breaks into song at the table. As they bed down for the night Joseph is concerned that there should be more hangers available.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Butterfly Guest House, Porthcawl
2011-07-05

B&B beginners Teresa and Clive in Porthcawl, South Wales face close scrutiny from their guests - Mark and Kathy find two hairs in the bathroom and Cumbrian farmers Ruth and Mike are shocked to discover there's no view of the sea from their window. The hosts take their guests cosmic bowling and throw a surprise karaoke in the evening, which proves a big hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Address, Blackpool
2011-07-06

The competition moves north to Blackpool to Kalpana and Joseph's The Address. Kalpana dresses the ladies in saris, but some of the guests are upset about seating arrangements at dinner. Cumbrian farmers Ruth and Mike aren't best pleased to see a view of a car park and a security light outside their window. And the group activity is a trip to The Pleasure Beach, where Teresa calls Mark and Kathy `a miserable couple!'

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Crake Trees Manor, Cumbria
2011-07-07

The group head to the Cumbrian hillsides to stay at Ruth and Mike's Crake Trees Manor where the group activity is helping Mike and Ruth repair a dry stone wall! Teresa's looking forward to relaxing in this plush four-star gold B&B. But she and her husband Clive are in the Shepherds Hut - a back-to-basic, outdoor accommodation without water, toilet or electricity. At check-out Teresa pulls no punches when describing her disappointing stay, leaving an offended Ruth to declare that she wouldn't be welcome back.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day, Week 6
2011-07-08

It's the final day of the competition and all the B&B hosts gather one last time to find out how much they've been paid and who will be named best value B&B of the week. Mark and Kathy of Godshill Park Farm House discover some heavy underpayments, and while relations between the group and Teresa and Clive are shattered, accusations of game-playing fly between all the contestants.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Slimmeria Slimming Retreat, East Sussex
2011-10-24

First up this week is luxury weight-loss and detox retreat Slimmeria, owned by Galia and Michael Grainger. Health fanatic Galia's mission is to spread the Slimmeria message. But what do fun-loving Ann and Bill Clay from Bosvean House make of Galia's £260 price tag, rules and regulations, and 9pm curfew? Jan and William from St Giles are happy to comply, but Diane and Max from Ombersley Bed & Breakfast suspect they're in for an uncomfortable night ahead when they sample the bed. An afternoon work-out, Zumba-style, followed by a healthy meal and weight-loss lecture does little to get the party started.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: 38 St Giles, Norwich
2011-10-25

Jan and William Cheeseman have achieved a Five-Star Gold rating at 38 St Giles in Norwich, but the pursuit of perfection has been known to take its toll on this volatile pair. Things are anything but perfect for Galia when she arrives. Unhappy with her room due to the road noise, she asks to be moved. Luckily a day on the race track gives Galia something to smile about as she has the ride of her life. At breakfast time, Jan and William go into meltdown in the kitchen. But at the breakfast table the guests are none the wiser.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Bosvean House, North Cornwall
2011-10-26

Fun-loving Ann and Bill host at their four-star B&B in Bude, North Cornwall. On arrival Galia immediately complains about the lack of sea view, while Diane and Max query the luxury description of the premises. There's an indulgent Cornish cream tea, a Cornish stick dance, a drink in Ann and Bill's garden shed, and `weekday caviar' for brekkie.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Ombersley Village B&B, Worcestershire
2011-10-27

It's the last visit of the week. Hosts at Ombersley Bed & Breakfast are village bakers Diane and Max Seivewright. On arrival Ann and Bill conduct a dust hunt in their room. Jan and William are left speechless by the outdated rooms. And Galia finds the journey across the hall for conveniences somewhat inconvenient. Galia and Ann bicker over gluten-free bread and hand washing. Ann is underwhelmed by her eggs at breakfast and later she finds herself in tears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day, Week 7
2011-10-28

It's the final day and the B&B hosts gather to find out how much they've been paid and who is taking the title of best value for money B&B. Galia faces some harsh feedback, but questions the criticism over Slimmeria's rules and regulations. Tensions rise again between Galia and Ann and Bill, while Diane and Max from Ombersley feel stabbed in the back - especially by Ann and Bill's feedback - and are looking for some answers. After a surprising round of payments, it's anyone's guess as to which B&B will win this week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Silverwood Lodge, Cambridgeshire
2011-10-31

First to host are husband-and-wife team Paul Billington and Flora Loizou from Silverwood Lodge in Cambridgeshire, the only couple in this contest. As the hosts show their three female guests to their rooms, Caroline, owner of The Dean B&B, has a frosty view of the fact that they don't live on site. The hosts try to impress their guests by taking them punting down the Cam, but Sue from Seashells Guesthouse almost manages to capsize the group. Over dinner, straight-talking Nancy from The Old Court Guesthouse suggests that not living on site compromises the hosts' attention to customer needs. Come morning, Caroline has been kept awake all night by the noisy road and Nancy's TV 'doesn't work'. When the hosts read the frank feedback they are left livid and accusations of foul play fly.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Seashells Guesthouse, Great Yarmouth
2011-11-01

The group are off to Great Yarmouth to stay in Sue's dog friendly Seashells Guesthouse. After revealing that she allows dogs to sleep in the beds during the last B&B visit, no one knows quite what to expect. All the guests are blown away by the doggy-themed exterior. The interior is equally memorable for Nancy, who finds dog hairs under the duvet. Spirits are high during the afternoon as Sue gives her guests a taste of Great Yarmouth beachside fun, such as a horse and trap ride and a game of bingo. Over dinner, the jovial mood is crushed when Nancy brings up the issues of dogs sleeping in the beds and Sue allowing smoking in the bedrooms. Tempers are raised and accusations fly. At feedback time, Sue goes into a combative mood when she reads Nancy's frank comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Old Court Guesthouse, Bath
2011-11-02

Third host Nancy Hampson tries to put the problems of the first two visits behind her, but there's trouble from the off at The Old Court Guesthouse. Paul and Flora are unhappy with the size of the bed they've been given, so Nancy offers to move them, but the duo soon give their new room a microscopic inspection and discover a few B&B misdemeanours. Dog lover Sue checks into one of the converted prison cell rooms, but unfortunately she's claustrophobic and is left feeling caged. After showing them the best of what Bath has to offer with a historical tour and a dip in a thermal spa, Nancy takes her guests to a quirky restaurant. But the positive mood is short-lived because Nancy doesn't come off well when the guests get together to trial her breakfast. At feedback time, The Old Court gets the thumbs down, although Nancy is philosophical about it.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Dean. Firth of Forth
2011-11-03

The guests head to Scotland to stay with final host Caroline at The Dean B&B, a picturesque house with breath-taking views across the Firth of Forth. Determined to give her guests a bonnie day out, Caroline's opening gambit is a jig accompanied by a bagpiper, followed by a re-enactment of the Battle of Prestonpans in gale-force winds. The group don their glad rags for a posh dinner at one of Scotland's finest restaurants, although some feel their portions aren't nearly big enough. The guests' Highland dining experiences don't improve when it comes to breakfast at The Dean, which features uncooked eggs and mouldy jam. Caroline is reduced to tears reading her guests' comments on the feedback forms. Who will be feeling the emotion when it comes to payment time?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day, Week 8
2011-11-04

There are tensions, tempers and tears as the group reconvene for one last time to thrash out the feedback, reveal the payments and announce the winner in the competition to be named best value B&B of the week. Paul and Flora from Silverwood Lodge are fired up about Nancy's comments and a tussle over TVs and hot water leads to accusations of game playing. Sue from Seashells in Great Yarmouth also has an axe to grind with Nancy as the controversial topic of smoking in bedrooms leads to tension. After being confronted head on, it's Nancy's turn to get some answers about her feedback and she has a particular issue with Paul and Flora's mark for The Old Court Guesthouse's cleanliness. When final host Caroline dissects her feedback from Paul and Flora about a dirty kettle and a cobweb at The Dean B&B there are no hard feelings, leaving Nancy furious about their double standards. After a tense time around the table, everyone now has their payments and everything is in the open. But which will be crowned the best value B&B?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: Watersedge Guest House, Barton on Sea
2011-11-07

Traditional B&B owners Alan and Sylvie are first to host in their seafront establishment Watersedge Guest House in Barton on Sea, Hampshire. For the day's entertainment the group is taken to the New Forest for a spot of deer watching. But once the guests have spotted some, there's not much more to see. Come the evening, Alan and Sylvie are desperate to demonstrate that they know how to party, and they do exactly that with a bountiful Hawaiian barbeque. After a decent night's sleep - for everyone but Eva - it's all down to Watersedge's breakfast, which also includes parrots, poles and picky eating habits.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Nearwater, Cornwall
2011-11-08

It's Tim and Amelia's turn to host the rival B&B owners at their non-star-rated boutique accommodation, Nearwater, on the south Cornish coast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: Roundhouse Hotel, Weymouth
2011-11-09

It's the turn of Austrian-born Eva Buschmann to host in her cosmopolitan, boutique B&B on Weymouth seafront, Roundhouse Hotel. In the afternoon artist Eva shares her creative passion by giving her guests a lesson in abstract art. For Eva's evening she takes her guests to her favourite harbour-side restaurant where Sylvie airs her concerns about the positioning of the shower in her rooms, which she states will mean she will have to watch Alan washing his bits in the morning! At breakfast super cool Eva has everything under control so the guests concentrate on getting final hosts - Mike and Danny - hot under the collar instead.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Homecliffe Hotel, Blackpool
2011-11-10

Showmen Mike and Danny host their rival B&B owners on day four at their four-star rated guest house - Homecliffe Hotel - in Blackpool. After everyone is settled in, Mike and Danny want to show their guests that Blackpool rocks. First up is a tram ride along the sea front and then onto the newly-opened Madame Tussauds. After a red carpet afternoon it's on to dinner at Mike's favourite restaurant - his own. Over dinner the cracks between the Homecliffe boys and Tim and Amelia really begin to show. In the morning there are reports from some guests of dodgy mattresses and a restless night's sleep. And breakfast isn't much more of a success, with Mike forced to send one of his staff to find some Earl Grey tea from another B&B for Amelia and Eva.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day, Week 9
2011-11-11

It's the final day and all the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. Before they open their envelopes, Alan claims he has five new friends, but will he be saying the same thing when all the money is on the table? It falls to host Danny to announce the winners - and the couple who take the title do so amidst mutterings from the other hoteliers - but when all is said and done, only one establishment can take the title best value for money B&B. Who will it be?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Centery Farm, North Devon
2011-11-14

First to host are Steve and Beverly Green from Centery Farm in North Devon. Former hotel inspector Sandie decides, for now, to keep her past profession a closely guarded secret from the others. Busy businessman Stephen Hammonn from the Old Hall House at Heart of England B&B struggles to relax, while grandson and grandmother duo and owners of The Little Gloster B&B, Ben and Lilian say they could do with a stiff drink. With more sheep than people in Devon, Bev and Steve's afternoon herding activity seemed like a winner, but due to heavy rain and fog things get a bit murky, and the group resort to duck herding instead. Having spent a day in the rain, dinner comes as welcome relief.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Little Gloster, Isle of Wight
2011-11-15

On the Isle of Wight owner and professional chef Ben Cooke shows his guests how to make gravlax and the vodka-based shot, Akavit. After being split in to two teams to cure their salmon, tensions soar and the competition heats up between Steve and Bev and Stephen from Old Hall House. The awkward relationship between the three is made worse over dinner when Bev's attempts to get to know Stephen better are met with a frosty response.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: Old Hall House, Warwickshire
2011-11-16

It's the turn of Stephen to host at the four-star Old Hall House, where the on-site activities include shooting and archery. Stephen takes his guests to his own restaurant for an evening meal. The group feels they are starting to get to know Stephen, but the ultimate B&B bombshell is dropped by Sandie, who reveals her secret past as a hotel inspector. In his bid to impress, Stephen takes the unusual step of serving breakfast himself, but his skills as a waiter aren't quite up to scratch and orders are forgotten.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: The House of Agnes, Canterbury
2011-11-17

The final visit of the competition is to The House of Agnes in Canterbury, run by ex-hotel inspector Sandie. Could Sandie's former job backfire on her? Although based in the historical and cultural hotbed of Canterbury, Sandie opts for a more liquid based activity by taking her guests to a local brewery. The afternoon leaves businessman Stephen with a bitter taste in his mouth as he yearns for something of the bubbly variety. A fancy fish restaurant for dinner gets Sandie's guests bonding, but the conversation soon turns to the history of the House of Agnes and its friendly ghost. Some guests retire to bed feeling a little nervous...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day, Week 10
2011-11-18

It's the final day and all the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. After the emotion, the wrangles and the payments, who will take the prize of the best value B&B? It falls to the ex-hotel inspector to award the prize.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 51: The Pavilion Hotel, Hyde Park
2011-11-21

Former pop singer Danny Karne welcomes guests to his fashion-and rock 'n' roll-themed hotel in central London, and the sports car parked outside wows his visitors. But the petrol-head's decision to take his fellow hoteliers to a motoring museum goes down badly, when one of them reveals he has no passion for cars.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 52: The Fox and Duck, Hertfordshire
2011-11-22

John Luce and his partner Pat Sutton invite their fellow hoteliers to the Fox and Duck, a country inn in Therfield, Hertfordshire. The local golf club provides the guests with adequate entertainment, and they appear to bond as they share friendly banter and a spot of singing at the end of the night. However, the following morning brings with it a shower disaster.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 53: The New Inn, Newbridge-on-Wye
2011-11-23

Dave and Debbie Lang, who run the New Inn in Newbridge-on-Wye, Powys, play host. Dave is a keen pig breeder and owns the on-site butcher's shop, so he serves some of his award-winning pork products for breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 54: Westleigh Farm, Somerset
2011-11-24

Dave and Debbie Lang, who run the New Inn in Newbridge-on-Wye, Powys, play host. Dave is a keen pig breeder and owns the on-site butcher's shop, so he serves some of his award-winning pork products for breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 55: Payment Day, Week 11
2011-11-25

The contestants meet one last time to learn how much they have been paid by their fellow hoteliers before discovering who has won the week's competition. Old tensions resurface as the results are announced, and there are heated exchanges around the table.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 56: Guest and the City, Brighton
2011-11-28

The owners of Guest and the City, Dan and Mardi Leonard, welcome their visitors in Brighton, but there is a mixed reaction to the couple's contemporary decor and stained glass windows. The wacky furniture leaves some guests confused, and one pair of fellow hoteliers bemoan the lack of sausages at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 57: Farmer's Boy Inn, Gloucestershire
2011-11-29

At The Farmer's Boy Inn, Gloucestershire, proud owner and pie entrepreneur Phil Kiernan sets his guests a pie-making challenge. Alan and Jane take centre stage as their kitchen bickering entertains the group. Before breakfast the next morning the group work up an appetite on the bouncy castle.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 58: Geanna Hotel Boat, Henley-on-Thames
2011-11-30

Alan and Jane welcome aboard their first ever guests for a night on their brand-new purpose built hotel boat. On arrival the guests enjoy the novelty factor, but Dan and Mardi think that space is too tight, while Jean-Pierre and Sarah are slightly concerned about privacy. The Geanna embarks on her maiden voyage up the Thames. The group pass by some hunks on the shore, sip champagne and get to know the ropes. At dinner the atmosphere is a little lacklustre. Next morning Jane and Alan bicker in the kitchen as they prepare their first ever breakfast on board.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 59: Sentry Mead
2011-12-01

The final hosts are B&B connoisseurs Sarah Langford and Jean-Pierre Kujawa, who serve a five star dinner and breakfast at their B&B. Sarah and Jean-Pierre have been running Sentry Mead, their 11-bedroom, five-star silver B&B, for the past six years. Their guests arrive with high expectations, but Jane's high hopes are dashed by the mugs, while Dan and Mardi don't like their shower mat, and Phil's not keen on the towels.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 60: Payment Day, Week 12
2011-12-02

It's the final day and the B&B hosts gather for one last time to find out how much they've been paid. Unfortunately some of the hosts find their emotions running away with them.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 3 (2012)

No overview available.

60 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: De-Lovely, Blackpool
2012-03-12

The new series starts at the De-Lovely in Blackpool, where couple Stevie and Leigh offer the perfect marriage of 'burlesque and bacon'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Sandhurst Hotel, Cheshire
2012-03-13

Second to host is Rowena Moore from The Sandhurst Hotel in Cheshire, where guests step back in time to the Edwardian era. But John and Debbie think the avocado bathroom dates from the 70s.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Red Box Guest House, Chippenham
2012-03-14

Latest to host is Julie-Anne Barrow, who runs the no-frills Red Box Guest House from her family home in Chippenham. As Julie-Anne predicts, the shared bathroom causes a stink.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Friary Wood, Bath
2012-03-15

The last to host are John and Debbie Fox from Friary Wood near Bath, who are hoping to impress with their luxurious home, spacious en-suite rooms, and an afternoon course in making cocktails.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day, Week 1
2012-03-16

The B&B owners meet for one last time to air their grievances, answer their critics and finally discover what they've been paid. There will be tears, recriminations and a dramatic walkout.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Les Chimeres, France
2012-03-19

This week the competitions moves to France where four sets of Brits compete for best value B&B. First to host is Lisanne Ashton who runs the rustic rural Les Chimeres. Lisanne is l'amour with all things French, and as soon as the guests check in they're taken on a traditional truffle hunt.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Le Manoir, France
2012-03-20

The second host in France is eccentric royalist Tony Horton and his Armenian wife Shou Shou, who provide an unusual mix of vinegar tasting and royal regalia at Le Manoir in the Dordogne.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Le Clos Rabelais, France
2012-03-21

Wine-loving Shaun Baggs and partner Patrick Weaver who run Le Clos Rabelais in central France, take their guests to a traditional French dance class. There are high kicks and low blows as George and wife Linda become increasingly frustrated with Francophile Lisanne.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Moulin de la Civiere, France
2012-03-22

It's the turn of proud Brit George McGill and his wife Linda to offer the guests 'a little slice of England' at the Moulin de la Civiere in Brittany. All the rooms are furnished with mod cons along with George's prize Victorian potties, which one guest cheekily uses during the night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day, Week 2
2012-03-23

It's judgement day in France and the group meet for the final time to settle some scores and find out what they've been paid. There's more locking of horns, resentment and recriminations, but a cash-filled envelope will reveal who is awarded the best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Fountain's Court Holistic Health Hotel, Scarborough
2012-03-26

The latest battle of the B&Bs starts at Fountain's Court Holistic Health Hotel in Scarborough, where Helen Marriott offers guests a chance to 'step off the planet'. Her guests are treated to essential breathing lessons, a chance to really get to know each other in the hot tub, and a foot massage that gets in touch with their souls.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The Whittington and Cat
2012-03-27

The battle of the B&Bs continues as Sue Perkins opens her doors to her B&B that's also a pub. The guests enjoy an afternoon of ice hockey. But over dinner there's much debate as to what Sue's `can't-be-arsed breakfast' might amount to.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Saba Hotel, London
2012-03-28

The third to host is Khurram Saba, owner of the Saba hotel in London, where his guests are expecting big city chic, exotic food, and definitely not fish and chips for dinner. Sue and Gill sneak out for a night on the tiles. Next morning Candida's on the warpath about her sleepless night, and there's confusion about the breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: The Bower Inn, Bridgewater
2012-03-29

It's the final visit of the contest, hosted by Candida Leaver and Peter Starling of The Bower Inn, Bridgewater - where the group activity is willow weaving. At dinner time the guests reveal what they think of their no-nonsense host, while breakfast brings spooky tales from holistic Helen.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day, Week 3
2012-03-30

It's payment day, where the B&B owners get together for the last time to air their grievances, challenge their critics and discover what they've been paid. Tears, recriminations and raised voices feature in a turbulent end to an unpredictable week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Vista Del Torcal, Andalucian Mountains (Spain)
2012-04-02

This time the competition is in Spain, as four sets of British ex-pats battle for the title of best value B&B. At Vista Del Torcal in the Andalucian Mountains, twentysomethings Ben Eyre and Anna Chalu welcome their guests, who are impressed by their rooms. But some are less enthusiastic about an afternoon of rock climbing - with beach lover Julia Grant, from Benidorm, pulling out before she's even made it to base camp.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Hotel La Tartana, Costa Tropicale (Spain)
2012-04-03

Jed and Mandy Filmer are the second to host at their hotel on the Costa Tropicale. Mandy organises a cookery class for the group, only for guest Martyn Watson to reveal that he is a qualified chef. Dinner is an extravagant affair with champagne and a six-course menu, but the night's real showstopper is a revelation from guest Julia Grant.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Queens Hotel, Benidorm (Spain)
2012-04-04

Julia Grant's level of cleanliness as host at The Queens Hotel in Benidorm doesn't impress the guests, but their stay ends on a high note after everyone participates in the nightly drag revue. However despite a successful ending, some of the guest feedback leaves Julia fuming.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Almond Tree Villa, Lorca (Spain)
2012-04-05

The final hosts of the week are Alastair Smith and Martyn Watson, owners of gay-friendly and clothing optional Almond Tree Villa near Lorca. Luckily for some, it's olive picking, not skinny dipping, on the agenda for the day's activity, but while the setting is picturesque, tensions over low scoring threaten to boil over.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day, Week 4
2012-04-06

With quite a lot of resentment, the B&B owners have their final chance to question their critics, find out what they've been paid and who has won.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Kings Head and Queens Jules, Suffolk
2012-04-09

This latest competition opens in Suffolk, where hosts Tim and Jules Anderson offer guests a 21st century party in a 17th century building. Following a lesson in fish filleting, where vegetarian Gordon proves to be the handiest with a fish knife, Tim and Jules follow lay on a knees-up and karaoke, although guests Gordon and Blossom prefer an early night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Hotel Continental, Harwich
2012-04-10

Poetry and erotic art are all part of the fun of this stay in Harwich at Gordon and Blossom Hoyles' B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Llanerch Vineyard, South Wales
2012-04-11

On the third night of the competition young Welshman Ryan Davies has to cope with an unwelcome crisis at his five star B&B in south Wales. He still manages to impress, particularly with his spread of land and own selection of wines - but with Gordon and Blossom on a fault-finding mission, Ryan isn't pleased with his feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Whitehall Hotel, Lancashire
2012-04-12

After touring a paint factory and clashing over previous feedback, guests at Neil and Tracy's Whitehall Hotel in Lancashire end their stay in stony silence over breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day, Week 5
2012-04-13

Conflict continues as the competitors meet for the last time to confront their critics and find out what they've been paid. Who will walk away with the prize?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Oakfield Lodge Guest House, Peak District
2012-04-16

Mother and son Lorraine and Spencer Birtwistle are first to host this time at their guest house near the Peak District. And things get off to a racing start with some Scalextrix. Spencer's enthusiasm is initially viewed as that of 'a big kid', until he overindulges on the wine at dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Aphrodites Boutique Hotel, Lake District
2012-04-17

With their set of themed rooms Will and Lynn Howarth are sure they have something for everyone at their pool and spa hotel in the Lake District. However, Spencer and Lorraine aren't happy that there are no twin rooms available. It looks like an afternoon of water aerobics manages to relieve the tension until the hosts receive their feedback and suspect 'a bit of game-playing'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Orme Court Hotel, Wales
2012-04-18

Paul and Jeanette Smith's traditional Orme Court Hotel in Llandudno causes a set of mixed reviews as a string of 'petty' criticisms upset the hosts.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Fallowfield Hotel and Restaurant, Oxfordshire
2012-04-19

An afternoon of falconry and a seven-course taster menu impress the guests at Anthony and Peta Lloyd's accomodation in Oxfordshire. But final feedback is mixed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day, Week 6
2012-04-20

An eventful week ends with tears and recriminations as the four sets of B&B owners find out what they've been paid and who won the week's competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Sea Verge Hotel, Torbay
2011-06-18

Husband and wife Tony and Chris Fulbrook offer their guests a home from home at the Sea Verge Hotel in Paignton on the English Riviera. However, the guests are far from happy; while Andy compares the guesthouse to his grandma's, Christine complains about the wind noise off the sea, and scolds Chris for serving up breakfast in her slippers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Portcullis Hotel, Chipping Sodbury
2012-06-19

Things get off to a rocky start for mother and daughter Christine and Jenna Hale, who run The Portcullis Hotel in Chipping Sodbury, when the guests are horrified to discover the pub restaurant does karaoke until 2am - which they are not only expected to participate in, but keeps them awake until the small hours. And things go from bad to worse when some art and craft caricatures prove first impressions are not always positive.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Orchid Hotel, Bournemouth
2012-06-20

It's all Balinese, boasting and boxing in this episode as the guests arrive at the Orchid Hotel in Bournemouth, run by entrepreneur Andy Scott. Tensions run high when Christine and Jenna find foreign objects in their beds, and Richard ends up in a fist-fight with Andy in the boxing gym. A spot of flirting doesn't last long when Andy receives some negative feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Orles Barn, Ross-on-Wye
2012-06-21

Husband and wife Richard and Kelly Bailey are the proud owners of the five-star Orles Barn in Ross-on-Wye. On arrival, even picky Christine can't find fault with the beauty and quality of the rooms, and the high spirits continue into the afternoon when the guests visit an organic local supplier to pick their own dinner - asparagus. Will a night of fine dining, restful slumber and posh breakfast win Richard and Kelly the prize?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day, Week 7
2012-06-22

It's decision day - and four proud B&B owners have some scores to settle before one is crowned this week's winner. While Chris and Tony Fullbrook from Sea Verge Hotel are scorned by Tony for wearing slippers at breakfast, Jenna and Christine from the Portcullis Hotel are left reeling after Jenna's hosting skills are called into question. After receiving high scores all round, have Kelly and Richard from Orles Barn pulled it off - or will their pricey rooms cost them the win?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Harmony, Torquay
2012-06-25

First to open up this time is the musically-themed Harmony B&B in Torquay, where Dutch couple Hans MacDaniel and Monica Van Der Meij hope to wow their guests on the 'English Riviera'. What will guests Jenny and Richard Harmer, Bev and Caroline, and Emily and Leslie Gray make of a group session of wheelchair badminton, saxophones at breakfast and a controversial sausage?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Chimneys B&B, North Walsham
2012-06-26

Flying the flag on day two are Norfolk couple Jenny and Richard Harmer, from Chimneys B&B in North Walsham. Every room at Chimneys is named after a royal palace and has patriotic decor. But not everyone's impressed, as Dutch couple Hans and Monika find the use of a flag as a tablecloth disrespectful. Tensions are put aside for an afternoon of canoeing, but the subject of the flag returns over dinner, leading to further conflict during breakfast in the morning.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Wordsworth B&B, Cockermouth
2012-06-27

Essex girls Bev and Caroline entertain guests at their suitably blingy Wordsworth B&B in Cockermouth, Cumbria. There's a spa visit on the itinerary and 'up for anything' Dutchman Hans MacDaniel is quick to volunteer for a spray tan. But builder Richard Harmer is less comfortable with his surroundings as he finds himself on the massage table. The hosts have arranged a refined dinner at a nearby bistro, but Jenny gets hot under the collar during a debate about room temperature, much to the bemusement of Geordies Emily and Leslie.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Park Farm Guest House
2012-06-28

It's the last B&B visit of the week, and Geordie mother and daughter Leslie and Emily Gray play hosts at the Park Farm Guest House. Their rooms are contemporary, and despite some eagle-eyed scrutiny, everyone is impressed. The afternoon treat features a ride on a Segway. At dinner, tensions simmer between Jenny and Essex sisters Bev and Caroline, and as the conversation blunders into the dangerous territory of the North/ South divide, the sparks really fly.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day, Week 8
2012-06-29

The B&Bers come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. While Hans is keen to dispel the suggestion that his premium sausages are not up to scratch, Jenny accuses him of trying to assassinate her business by calling it 'dirty'. Tension runs high, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: Foxholm, North Yorkshire
2012-07-02

The competition starts in North Yorkshire where bosom buddies Julie Janes and Yvonne Quinsey hope to win over their guests with their African-themed B&B. But whilst things start sweetly with an African flavoured cupcake class, disastrous dinner discussions and a botch-job breakfast leave the guests with a sour taste.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: The Pack Horse, Lincolnshire
2012-07-03

Wendy Johnson and John Shields are the proud owners of the American diner-themed Pack Horse B&B in Lincolnshire. The guests enjoy an afternoon of horse riding, followed by a not-so-enjoyable 'man verses food' challenge over dinner, which leads to rising tensions between certain members of the group.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: The Glenwalden B&B, Blackpool
2012-07-04

At the traditional Glenwalden B&B in Blackpool, hosts Steve Reed and German wife Sigrid surprise their guests with some pink flock wallpaper, knitted toilet rolls and a spot of ballroom dancing. But there are suspicions of tactical behaviour and accusations of back-stabbing...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Winder Hall Country House B&B, Lake District
2012-07-05

B&B guru Nick Lawler and business partner Kate Wilson run the 5-star Winder Hall Country House B&B in the Lake District. Expectations are high, but when Nick offers his guests a crash course on how to run a B&B, his guests are far from impressed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day, Week 9
2012-07-06

It's the moment of truth for the B&B owners as they squabble about stolen milk, dusty bathrooms and dirty toilet brushes - and find out who will win best value B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Borrowby Mill, Thirsk
2012-07-09

The competition kicks off at Borrowby Mill, near Thirsk, where ex-military man Mike runs a regimented residence alongside wife Amanda Daly. On arrival, the guests are impressed with the spotless standards, but partners Del Cain and Roy Williamson uncover a dirty glass. Mike and Amanda give the guests their marching orders with an army-style activity, and the next morning, Mary and Nelson Haerr are impressed with the 'proper' English breakfast. The guests check out with positive feedback, but Mike and Amanda are irked by Del and Roy's comments on cleanliness, saying 'we're out for you now'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: The Richmond House Hotel, Edinburgh
2012-07-10

Second to host are Del Cain and Roy Williamson, hoping to impress with their budget city centre hotel The Richmond House Hotel in Edinburgh. On arrival, the guests are surprised, having expected a bit more 'razzle dazzle'. Mike and Amanda Daly declare that they are 'appalled' by the hotel's standards and decide to check out - refusing to stay the night in their room. The hosts try to sweeten their guests with an afternoon making luxury chocolates, followed by dinner in the hotel's onsite Thai restaurant. It looks like things could be on the up after Mike and Amanda agree to join everyone for dinner. However, in the morning, Mike and Amanda refuse to return to the hotel for breakfast, declaring 'If the room's not up to standard, the breakfast won't be either'. The feedback forms leave Del and Roy seeing red, having discovered more criticism than compliments, including Mike and Amanda saying that they wouldn't stay again. To which Del responds, 'Good...never darken my doorstep again'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: The Meadowsweet Hotel, Llanrwst
2012-07-11

Mary Haerr and her American husband Nelson welcome their guests to The Meadowsweet Hotel in Llanrwst, North Wales, where most of the guests are bowled over by their rooms. Mike and Amanda Daly, however, uncover a stain on their mattress and summon Mary, whose rapid response impresses. That afternoon, the hosts give their guests a taste of real Wales, by taking them sheep herding. But while they try to rustle sheep, tensions simmer when Irene berates Amanda about her refusal to stay at Del and Roy's on the last visit. The next morning, when Amanda moans about a bad night's sleep, tensions boil over, erupting into a row at breakfast. Thankfully for the hosts, despite the atmosphere, their Welsh breakfast hits the right note.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Wold View House, Lincolnshire
2012-07-12

It's the final visit of the competition, and Irene Ward-Kendall's Wold View House in Lincolnshire provides a homely welcome for most, but for Amanda and Mike Daly, it is not up to their usual military high standards. After coming to blows with Irene during their last stay, they are on a fault-finding mission and are immediately unimpressed. Irene tries to wow her guests with a trip to the Lincolnshire Wold Railway, and as the group ride through the countryside on a steam train, everyone's in high spirits until Irene makes a joke at Amanda's expense. Over a home-cooked dinner, Irene's unique presentation of the food divides opinions, prompting Amanda to declare she 'Wouldn't even feed it to her dog'. At the feedback, Irene is left fuming by Mike and Amanda's comments, saying 'They need to get a life.'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day, Week 10
2012-07-13

It's decision day, and the group meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle any scores. Mike and Amanda Daly, who run Borrowby Mill, want to know how their military precision could have resulted in anything less than perfect scores. Del Cain and Roy Williamson from The Richmond House Hotel finally get to confront Mike and Amanda about refusing to stay their hotel, and when Nelson and Mary Haerr, owners of The Meadowsweet Hotel, go through their feedback, Mary ends up in tears. Finally, Irene Ward-Kendall from Wold View House challenges Mike and Amanda about their comments that she is OTT, which leads to another heated exchange before the cash-filled envelopes are opened to reveal who is the week's winner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 51: Langland Road, Mumbles
2012-07-16

Kicking off the competition is Langland Road in the Mumbles, where couple David Lewis and Giles Beaton take a modern approach to running their B&B. But not all the guests, like Ruth and Margaret Dugdall, can figure out what the high tech offerings are, and traditionalists Gordon and Sandra McCallum are more concerned by cobwebs and dust. Young bucks Edward Prophet and Rachel Pickup, despite being initially terrified, are in their element during the afternoon's session of tree-walking at Go Ape. When Gordon doesn't stay for the afternoon, the snub is noted. And when he refuses to eat breakfast, earns himself the nickname GG, meaning Grumpy Gordon. The feedback nearly leaves the hosts speechless.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 52: Castle Lodge Hotel, Felixstowe
2012-07-17

For 24 years, Margaret Dugdall has run Castle Lodge Hotel in Felixstowe to exacting standards. To spice things up for her guests, Margaret and her daughter Ruth have left a clue to Ruth's secret identity as a modern-day Agatha Christie in the bedrooms. But ex-magician Ed Prophet dismisses the gesture as 'the most self-indulgent thing' he's ever seen, and he's not taken with the 'nursing home' décor either. Ed's on a mission to make 'grumpy' Gordon smile, and during a trip to groom some Suffolk Punch horses, plays some pranks that seem to do the trick. At breakfast, previous hosts David and Giles are left steaming when Ed decides to play waiter, and Margaret's unimpressed by suggestions to replace her wallpaper.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 53: Bryn Woodlands House, Colwyn Bay
2012-07-18

Third hosts are self-confessed odd couple Gordon and Sandra McCallum, owners of Bryn Woodlands House in Colwyn Bay. Their new best mates Ed and Rachel are impressed with their digs, but mother and daughter Margaret and Ruth Dugdall find the decor leaves something to be desired. Gordon takes the group harness racing, and horse-fearing Ed worries about getting poo on his face, and then later discovers a snake in his bed. At breakfast, the guests overhear a stressed Gordon and Sandy getting heated in the kitchen, but it's Giles' problem with a bottle of ketchup that makes Gordon see red at feedback, declaring, 'where do these lads comes from?'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 54: Tollemache Arms, Cheshire
2012-07-19

The final B&B of the week is the Tollemache Arms in Cheshire, where 24-year-old all-round performer Edward Prophet, and fiancé Rachel Pickup, like to add some showbiz razzmatazz. Ed's scene stealing turns have already left some of the group dreading what's in store. But Ed and Rachel pull out all the stops to charm their guests, and over dinner, veteran B&B owner Margaret even gets emotional as the young hosts make her feel nostalgic. In the morning, there are great expectations for Ed's breakfast, but it turns into a comedy of errors as he loses control of his hob, ruins a dozen poached eggs and sets fire to his towel. 'It's not rocket science' says Giles, and a scrambled Ed is left hugging Rachel for comfort as the guests consider their verdict.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 55: Payment Day, Week 11
2012-07-20

It's judgement day for the B&B owners as they discover who will be crowned this week's best value establishment. David and Giles, owners of Langland Road, are shocked by a particular payment, arousing suspicions of game playing. Ruth and Margaret from Castle Lodge are dismayed at having to defend their newly appointed wallpaper and deeply shocked when it comes to their payments. Gordon and Sandra from Bryn Woodlands House have to face up to their kitchen French, and Sandra is reduced to tears after counting their cash, while Ed and Rachel are left stewing over their new friendship. As tensions run high, it falls to final hosts Ed and Rachel to reveal this week's winner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 56: Ramsay's B&B, Edinburgh
2012-07-23

Hosts Sharon Brown and Norrie Ramsay offer guests a 'home from home' at their Ramsay's B&B in Edinburgh, and after an afternoon of haggis stuffing, the group sit down to enjoy their creations. But it's not the food that causes discomfort, it's one of the guests. Self-confessed 'ranter' Julian causes a showdown, shocking everyone else and particularly the youngest member of the group, Darren Bell, who is stunned that a man of Julian's age lacks 'manners'. Breakfast becomes something of a peace treaty as Julian makes his apologies, but the hosts aren't placated when they read their feedback, accusing their guest of 'sticking the knife in wherever he can'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 57: Fifteens of Swinley, Wigan
2012-07-24

Second to host are entrepreneur Tony Callaghan and his operations manager Lisa Langton in Wigan with their 'boutique rooms' at Fifteens of Swinley. After the previous tensions, Tony claims to have 'worked a miracle' as the guests scrum down with the Wigan Warriors rugby team. Gentle Gillian Peck delights the crowd when she flattens her husband Julian. Dinner is an opportunity for Tony to show off more of his empire at Little Fifteens. But things start to go less smoothly as Gillian, in a combative mood, tackles Tony about his lack of input into the everyday running of his B&B, and breakfast in a paper bag doesn't do it for the group the next morning. At feedback time, Tony identifies some 'snakes in the grass'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 58: Lincoln Yurts, Lincoln
2012-07-25

Darren Bell and Katherine Taylor canvas for the competition at Lincoln Yurts, taking their guests glamping. With communal bathrooms and no electricity, a back-to-basics stay gets a mixed reception from excitement to creepy crawly discoveries. In the afternoon, the group head into the warmth for some go-karting. But competitive driving and bumpy tactics have Tony and Lisa reminding themselves of their suspicions about fellow guests Sharon and Norrie. At dinner, it's far from sing songs around the camp fire as Julian raises some objections about the in-room marketing material, provoking tension at the table and tempers from the hosts. Fortunately, the yurts cool most of the guests down, although in the morning it appears Tony may have entertained some furry friends. But while they may be returning guests, will anyone else choose to stay again?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 59: Fieldhead Hotel,Cornwall
2012-07-26

The final visit in this competition is to The Fieldhead Hotel in Cornwall where owners Julian and Gill Peck pride themselves on their attention to detail and 'five star service'. The guests have particularly high expectations after listening to Julian share his values with the group all week. But room inspections tell a different story as guests discover toothpaste on the walls, mucky plugs and stained loos. The afternoon brings more foraging - this time for seaweed. And Tony's not delighted to be paired with Sharon who he thinks is a 'snake'. At dinner, the outspoken host gets a taste of his own medicine when Tony lets Julian know that 'we can criticise too'. And when Kath makes it personal, the real damage is done. An early morning speech from the hostess makes for an awkward start to breakfast, and for some, the cooked option doesn't do much to improve things.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 60: Payment Day, Week 12
2012-07-27

Sharon Brown and Norrie Ramsay of Ramsay's B&B kick-off the feedback session by challenging the sniffy feedback from the owners of The Fieldhead Hotel. Then, Fifteens of Swinley owner Tony Callaghan confronts Sharon and Norrie, who he accuses of being 'venomous snakes in the grass'. Darren Bell goes for the jugular when Julian Peck challenges the heating of his yurts, and there are tears at the table when it all gets too personal. It's a stormy finish to a dramatic week.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 4 (2013)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Knock Castle
2013-01-07

The first to host are father and son Chic and Jason Henderson, who welcome their fellow competitors to Knock Castle in Crieff, Scotland. Their rivals are generally knocked for six by the castle, but the rooms fall short for tech-heads Graham and Lisa Ellis and there's a 'pointed issue' in Ben Turpitt and Keri Remes' boudoir.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Barton House
2013-01-08

Jo McDonagh runs Barton House in Blackpool with daughter George. While some of the guests are pleased at how well connected their room is, for others there's a bit of a sniffy issue to be resolved. Later there are high notes when Jo and George and their guests have a sing off, but bum notes at dinner when father and son duo Chic and Jason Henderson decide to put fellow guest Keri on the spot.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Well House Manor
2013-01-09

Opening the door this time is Well House Manor in Melksham, Wiltshire, where computer trainers Graham and Lisa Ellis mix IT with B&B: a combination that on arrival leaves Chic and Jason feeling more like delegates than guests. Graham takes the guests on a historical tour of Melksham, otherwise known as the 'town of milk'. At dinner some of the questions get too personal for some of the guests and results in a swift exit for some next morning.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Apple Wood Glamping
2013-01-10

It's the last day of the competition and the turn of best buddies Ben Turpitt and Keri Remes and their Apple Wood Glamping in Worcestershire. Unfortunately some of the guests are not quite ready for glamorous camping - or a night in a tent as some people call it. Over dinner the group reveal what they really think of each other; and by morning there's still a chill in the air as a result.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2013-01-11

It's decision day for the four proud B&B owners who've been battling all week to be named the best value for money. The group meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle any scores. And emotions run high when Jo from Blackpool discovers that her harshest critic was the one she considered her closest ally. As the cash is counted the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Yellow Submarine
2013-01-14

The latest competition kicks off at the Yellow Submarine in Liverpool, where hosts Alfie Bubble and celebrity Philip Olivier offer guests a floating, Beatles-themed experience. The guests find Phil's pin up calendar in their quarters before heading off on a sea voyage, where Megan becomes sea sick. Next morning there are great expectations for Phil and Alfie's breakfast but it turns into a comedy of errors starring a fire alarm.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Manor Lodge
2013-01-15

Megan and Dick try to make the guests feel at home at their B&B in Cornwall. Things get off to a positive start, when the guests find the rooms spotless. Later on Megan drops a bombshell about her posh background, while Dick's eight inch Cumberland sausage causes quite a stir among the guests at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Ashculme House
2013-01-16

James and Judith Calderbank welcome their guests to their very rural B&B in Devon. But the back-to-basics approach doesn't go down well with all the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Satis House
2013-01-17

The final B&B of the week is Satis House in Suffolk, where Kevin Wainwright and partner David Little think Satis-faction's guaranteed. But is their breakfast bacon too crispy?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2013-01-18

The B&Bers come together one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. Alfie and rival owner Megan get into a debate about Alfie's fast food breakfast and Megan wants to know why Alife thought it necessary to use a hairdryer to heat up his room. And David and Kevin get teary eyed as they realise they misjudged Alfie and Phil.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Taylor's Farm Retreat
2013-01-21

The latest B&B competition kicks off at Taylor's Farm Retreat in Surrey, where host Ben Turner offers farmyard frolics of an unexpected nature.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: G! Boutique
2013-01-22

The competition moves to the G! Boutique in Southsea, owned by first time B&Bers Eli and Jason, where the guests are blown away by the swank on display.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Amber Guest House
2013-01-23

An afternoon of fairground fun turns a bit fighty in Cleethorpes. And some harsh feedback leaves the host Gill feeling a bit sad.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Knife and Cleaver
2013-01-24

Experienced B&B partners Graham and Terry are out to win at the Knife and Cleaver in Bedfordshire. But there's trouble brewing over the breakfast sausages and toast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2013-01-25

The B&B owners gather for the final time to air their grievances, face their critics and discover what they've been paid. With patience tested and opinions divided, it's a feisty end as the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Wizards Thatch
2013-01-28

The new competition starts in Alderley Edge, Cheshire, where hosts Ian Lambert and his partner Ali Imiolek hope to cast a spell over the competition at their B&B Wizards Thatch. But will Ian and Ali's continental breakfast basket be their downfall?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Winterbourne Hotel
2013-01-29

Partners James Reay and Simon Dooley run the one-star Winterbourne Hotel and Theatre Showbar in Blackpool. For well-heeled couple Dominic and Stephanie a trip to low-budget Blackpool is uncharted territory, but they take it in their stride and even go along with with the nightly cabaret show. Ian Lambert and Ali Imiolek are relieved to be able to let their hair down, and it seems there's a clean sweep of happy campers. But Andrea and Nick's feedback is enough to send James storming out of the room in a fit of rage.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Northrise Lodge
2013-01-30

The latest B&B is Northrise Lodge in Hastings, run by self-confessed perfectionist and cleaning fanatic Andrea Hickmott and her partner Nick Bonner-Williams. While some of the guests find their room too 'clinical' to relax in, Andrea has a meltdown after forgetting to put sugar on the table at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: The Salutation
2013-01-31

The competition moves to Sandwich, where owners Stephanie and Dominic Parker pride themselves on giving guests a taste of the luxury lifestyle. But over some champagne-fuelled parlour games it's clear that while everyone loves the digs, two of the couples aren't digging each other.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2013-02-01

It's decision day as the four sets of B&B owners meet for the final time to settle some scores and discover what they've been paid. And could there be a wedding proposal too?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Windmill Cottage
2013-02-04

First to host is Windmill Cottage in Shropshire, owned by Lorraine Trasatti and her Italian husband Gino. Over an afternoon of gingerbread decorating, no-nonsense fellow guest Toni Del Mar is soon irritated by Louis and his incessant commentary. And next morning a nervous Lorraine makes a hash of the coffee, leaving the guests parched.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Royal Sportsman
2013-02-05

An afternoon of Welsh slate splitting sets off a battle of the sexes between alpha male Gino and tomboy Karen at the the Royal Sportsman Hotel in Porthmadog.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Duke of Cornwall
2013-02-06

The latest visit is to the Duke of Cornwall in St Austell, where hosts Debbie Williams and Karen Lucas urge their guests to take part in a séance as they think the B&B is haunted.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Appalachian Spring
2013-02-07

B&B newbie Toni Del Mar, in Devon, is the latest to host, With tensions already rife in the group, Toni's hosting skills are put to the test. Will Morris dancing help?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2013-02-08

It's time for the B&Bers to face the music, as they come together to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics head on. The points for discussion range from excessive displays of affection in public to a dictionary-waving lecture on the definition of luxury.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Hamlet House
2013-02-11

B&B veteran Paul Workman is the no-nonsense owner of Hamlet House in Stratford-upon-Avon, where moany guests are given short shrift. Paul makes the most of the Shakespeare connection by taking his guests to perform some of the Bard's best bits. Paul serves potato smiles for breakfast but loses his cool when a hair is found in the mushrooms.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Ashlack
2013-02-12

Second to host are B&B newbies Ben Gray and Katie Keegan in Cumbria. The guests are wowed by the rooms in the 16th-century manor house. But Veronica and Saida are ushered out to a yurt in the woods. The prospect of the midnight hop to the loos fills them with dread and they make their yurt feelings perfectly clear on check out.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Richwood
2013-02-13

Partners Veronica Pickles and Saida Hammoud run their 13 room guest house in Torquay almost entirely alone. Their Herculean efforts are praised by their rivals, but the dated décor does not unnoticed. The hosts give their guests a crash course in belly dancing and a feast of Lebanese delicacies.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Tai'r Bull Inn
2013-02-14

At Helen Fraser's Tai'r Bull Inn in the Brecon Beacons, Saida and Veronica make a discovery in their room which leaves them refusing to stay the night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2013-02-15

The rival owners come together for the final time, to discover what they've been paid and settle some scores. And a huge clash between two of the hosts ensues.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Cherry Tree House
2013-02-18

The latest competition begins at Cherry Tree House in Blackpool, run by Robert Fox and his partner Kevin, where an afternoon learning clown skills sees a North-South develop within the group.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Old Hall Inn
2013-02-19

Lucy and Caroline make a mysterious, toe-curling discovery in their bathroom at the Old Hall Inn in Yorkshire, run by Andy and Caroline Middleton. And an afternoon's angling leaves George and Juliet reeling as they fail to catch a fish.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Pilot Boat Inn
2013-02-20

The competition reconvenes at the nautical Pilot Boat Inn on the Isle of Wight, run by George and Juliet Bristow. On arrival the guests are amazed by the building, but for some the rooms aren't quite shipshape, as Lucy and Caroline find cobwebs, and Kevin and Robert reckon they've been put in a cupboard.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Rutland Terrace
2013-02-21

The guests at Lucy Roe's B&B are delighted with the elegant décor, but George and Juliet bemoan the lack of en-suite bathroom, and Kevin and Robert are horrified by the state of their mattress.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2013-02-22

It's time for the B&Bers to face the music, as they come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics face to face.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Glenferndale
2013-02-25

Maggie and Ian Dickson's home-from-home at Glenferndale B&B near Edinburgh is where the latest competition begins as they host Eileen and Jannika Hopeakoski, Craig and Marie Harris and Kristin Grantham.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Pitlessie House
2013-02-26

The second B&B is Pitlessie House in Fife, Scotland. Owner Kristin Grantham's slipper policy gets things off on the wrong foot, but her bagpipe playing competition is a hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Sea-La-Vie
2013-02-27

Mother and daughter team Eileen and Jannika Hopeakoski open their doors at Sea-La-Vie for the third visit, and the guests think the stylish rooms are a fine vintage.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Peaks Inn
2013-02-28

It's the fourth and final B&B of the week, and the hosts are publicans Craig and Marie Harris of The Peaks Inn, Derbyshire. Some guests are underwhelmed both by the place and the activity.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2013-03-01

It's feedback time, and the rival owners meet to find out what they've been paid. Some are ready for a fight and are disarmed by one owner's plan to 'kill with kindness'.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 5 (2013)

No overview available.

60 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The Flying Bull
2013-09-30

The competition starts at The Flying Bull, Hampshire, with hosts Russell Theron and Chris Birkett. Guest Sharon Parker feels let down by the lack of Wifi and phone reception in her room while Richard Lawson rather holds court over dinner before leaving mixed feedback on departure.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Victorian Villa
2013-10-01

At the Victorian Villa in Hampton Hill, Middlesex, landlady Sharon Parker treats her guests to Victorian parlour games, including a whodunit play. But service at breakfast is sluggish.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Ayah Villa Guest House
2013-10-02

Faisal Malik and Wak Salim open the doors to their B&B in Cambridge and take their warring guests punting.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Elveden Inn
2013-10-03

At the Elveden Inn in Suffolk, manager Richard Lawson and housekeeper Kerry Alcock think 'hospitality is all about performance'. The guests discover that the estate is owned by Lord Iver, part of the Guinness family, who even makes an appearance to judge the pickle making contest.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2013-10-04

The hosts come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics over their feedback. Sharon from The Victorian Villa asks Richard why he called her B&B a funeral parlour, while Richard counters by quizzing Sharon over her lengthy negative feedback form concerning his performance.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Vale of Berkeley Guesthouse
2013-10-07

Kicking off the competition are Harri and Claire Chiba of the Vale of Berkeley Guesthouse in Gloucestershire, who take their guests bird-watching at a nearby wetlands centre. At feedback time the tears flow for Claire, and Harri is left wanting answers...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Artist Residence
2013-10-08

At Artist Residence in Penzance, Cornwall, couple Justin and Charlie provide quirky, art-filled rooms for their guests, but Blackpool veterans Craig and Alec Coleman think their room is too modern, while Stacey and Spencer Cullum find hair in the shower filter. Over dinner things get heated when Harri persistently quizzes Justin over the way he runs his B&B, but the guests check out with positive feedback, leaving Justin wondering if he's misjudged Harri.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Edenfield Guesthouse
2013-10-09

Alec and Craig Coleman run the award-winning Edenfield Guesthouse in Blackpool, where Craig plans to reveal his cabaret-star alter-ego Cybil Du Vaux to his unsuspecting guests. Craig's transformation into Cybil goes down a storm, even if Harri takes a while to realise there's something familiar about the 'lady' on stage...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The New Inn
2013-10-10

The New Inn at Portland in Dorset is run by publican husband and wife team Stacey and Spencer Cullum, who decide to show their guests a typical island activity; sandcastle building. The unconventional breakfast hampers don't go down well with all the guests, and former friendships are tested when it comes to feedback time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2013-10-11

The competition culminates in Portland after a week of ups and downs around the country. Things get tense when Stacey and Spencer question Blackpool boys Alec and Craig about their breakfast comments and Stacey can no longer hold back her frustration.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Old Stables
2013-10-14

Nina Dodd and husband Andy welcome guests to their Scandinavian style accommodation at The Old Stables, Somerset, where some guests are dubious about the no-shoes policy.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Rigsby's Guest House
2013-10-15

Second to host is Morris Cockman, who runs Rigsby's Guest House in Hertford. Morris's tattoos have previously raised eyebrows, while his attempt to entertain his guests at a local zoo isn't a hit with everyone. There is also a hold up at breakfast, which is never a good thing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Fairway
2013-10-16

David and Erica Hensley, owners of The Fairway in Blackpool, bring some classic Blackpool fun to the mix as the group take on some local zombies in a horror walk. Meanwhile Robin sustains his man of mystery reputation as intrigue builds about his B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Dent Station
2013-10-17

Final host of the week is Robin Hughes of the converted Dent Station in the Yorkshire Dales. Robin organises a butchery competition and high end grub nearby, where a few home truths about the group dynamic are revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2013-10-18

The B&Bers meet for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics. And some of Robin's petty marks over the week are thrown to the group for discussion.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Black Lion
2013-10-21

At the Black Lion at Halland near Lewes, host Nigel Fright takes his guests out for some salsa, where he impresses with his 'snake hips'. But a coffee shortage at breakfast causes concern.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Wheatsheaf
2013-10-22

In Exning, near Newmarker, Ken Clutterbuck welcomes the B&B competitors to The Wheatsheaf. But Ken's sense of humour doesn't go down too well, particularly with guest Nigel.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Sherwood Guesthouse
2013-10-23

Super-sensitive Sherrill Tacy of the Sherwood Guesthouse in New Brighton takes her turn as host. And it's her breakfast that gives her the mixed reviews she's been dreading.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Big Bear Lodge
2013-10-24

The final hosts of the week are Mark and Rachael Dann of the ski lodge themed Big Bear Lodge in Shropshire, where an afternoon of canoeing raises a few laughs but also accusations of cheating.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2013-10-25

The B&B owners come together to confront their critics face-to-face, learn what their guests think their rooms are worth and find out who is going to be crowned best value.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: One 4
2013-10-28

The latest competition starts at One 4 B&B in Cheltenham, where debonair host and part-time art dealer Nick Purchase hopes to paint his guests a picture on how to run the perfect B&B. Nick's guests are Angie and Phil Sutcliffe, Gloria Barnett and Dave Goulding, and John Humberstone. Nick proves his naked ambition with a life drawing class for his guests, leaving Angie in fits of nervous giggles.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Windy Bottom
2013-10-29

Day two comes from the Windy Bottom B&B in Maidstone, hosted by Gloria Barnett and Dave Goulding, where an afternoon in the maze at Leeds Castle leads to all manner of dirty tricks.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Jolly Carter
2013-10-30

The third visit of the week is to the pub in Bolton run by Phil and Angie Sutcliffe. Despite Angie's nerves that the Jolly Carter's rooms won't measure up, room inspections go well. But what about the roller disco in the afternoon?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Alexandra Hotel
2013-10-31

John Humberstone hopes the scaffolding outside his 18-room in Llandudno won't scupper his chances. But there's also a slip-up with towels and teabags to worry about, and then Gloria gets locked in the loo.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2013-11-01

It's time for the B&Bers to meet up to discuss the feedback that has been given and reveal the payments that have been made to determine who's the best value B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: The Golf House
2013-11-04

The latest competition launches on the Isle of Wight, at John and Sue Blakemore's Golf House. Their guests and rivals for the week are Londoners Nick Tyrie and Layla Amini, John Graham from Blackpool and hostel-owners Victoria and David Sharrock. While breakfast is a bit hit a suspicious stain in the loo proves controversial.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The New Inn
2013-11-05

Nick Tyrie and his best friend Layla Amini welcome the guests to their pub in St. John's Wood, London. Singer songwriter Layla reveals her Top of the Pops past and treats the guests to a performance. Unfortunately John and Sue Blakemore are left cold by their 'corporate and impersonal' room. And do mountains of toast equal a five star breakfast?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Bunkroom
2013-11-06

At the Bunkroom hostel in Chester David Sharrock is determined to prove hostelling is for everybody - even if his wife Victoria isn't convinced. So, it's bunkbeds and budget breakfast all round.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The B and B
2013-11-07

The last visit of the week is to John Graham's B&B in Blackpool, where an afternoon of ten pin bowling finds the competitive levels reaching fever pitch.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2013-11-08

The B&Bers meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics face to face.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Ye Olde Fighting Cocks
2013-11-11

In Arnside, Cumbria, B&B rookies Tony Keates and Jeanette Hamer run Ye Olde Fighting Cocks, a pub with rooms. The guests are captivated by the view, but less so by Tony's tales of business success and a mouldy mattress.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Westward Cottage
2013-11-12

Dr Stephen Stanley-Little runs Westward Cottage, a relaxed country cottage in Hadleigh, Suffolk. Stephen takes the guests on a historic village tour that leaves a bored Garry and Sophie plotting their escape, while Stephen's relaxed approach to breakfast drives Tony and Jeanette spare.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Roulotte Retreat
2013-11-13

Bohemian couple Avril Berry and Alan Fraser of Roulotte Retreat in Melrose on the Scottish borders are third to host. The unique gypsy caravans are not to everyone's liking and the yoga class fails to calm the tensions rising within the group.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: The Elgin Hotel
2013-11-14

The final visit of the week is to The Elgin Hotel in Blackpool, where manager Garry Lloyd and the owner's daughter, Sophie Seddon, want to show that their 89 room establishment can deliver the personal touch. The hosts lay on a tap dancing class ending with a surprise performance at the iconic Grand Theatre. But a mix up with the breakfast orders doesn't put the guests in the best of moods come feedback time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2013-11-15

The B&B'ers come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Shelley Guest House
2013-11-18

The latest competition starts at Shelley Guest House in Aberystwyth, where husband and wife team Julian and Anna Maria Shelley hope to win the B&B crown by providing an old school form of entertainment, some Spanish cuisine and a monumental continental breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Ixworth
2013-11-19

The second visit of the competition is to the five star Ixworth House in Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, where owners John and Sharyn Snell are quietly confident. While John reveals his hidden talents at dinner, his performance at breakfast the next morning proves hard to digest for some of the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Georgian House and Mews
2013-11-20

Day three of the competition takes place in York, where part time panto dame Graham Smith runs The Georgian House and Mews and takes his guests back in time with a Nordic test of strength in the afternoon. At supper, Graham is lyrical and Hazel has romance on her mind, and at breakfast the guests fend for themselves until Graham makes a show stopping appearance.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The George Hotel
2013-11-21

The George Hotel in Orton, Cumbria, is the venue for the fourth visit of the week. Owner Hazel Mcaleese takes her guests for a spot of fishing, where Graham takes the opportunity to give everyone a lesson in innuendo.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2013-11-22

It's Payment Day and time for the B&Bers to face the music as they find out what they've been paid...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: The Angel Inn
2013-11-25

The competition starts at the Angel Inn in Wangford, Suffolk, where husband and wife publicans Peter and Christine hope to win over their guests with their 'Kiwi hospitality'. The hosts tee off the competitive spirit with a round of golf, and over dinner thespian Peter performs to the amazement of the group.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Moaps Farm
2013-11-26

It's day two and the competition has moved to Moaps Farm in Dane Hill, East Sussex, where Lesley Miller hopes her guests will be charmed by her laid back approach. On arrival the group are blown away by the view, but at breakfast, Lesley's casual approach leads to chaos.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: Jabajak
2013-11-27

The third visit of the week takes the B&B'ers to Jabajak in Carmarthenshire, Wales, where sisters Lorraine Lloyd and Amanda Stuart-Robson host in their vineyard and restaurant B&B. The group are set the task of attempting to herd local Welsh sheep, and 'sheep whisperer' Lesley comes into her own.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Clarendon Royal
2013-11-28

The last visit of the competition is to the Clarendon Royal in Gravesend, Kent, where owner Les Woollends and his head chef Lesz Zajak want to dazzle their guests. On arrival, the guests are suitably impressed, but Lesley Miller suspects the champagne truffles and fruit bowl are a ploy to win her over.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2013-11-29

It's time for the B&Bers to face the music as they find out what they've been paid...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: The Union Inn
2013-12-02

At the Union Inn in Cowes on the Isle of Wight, owner Olivia Adams and best friend Rebecca Nugent hope youth will be on their side. But the funky wallpaper and the gnomes, some competitive raft building and 'hairgate' cause tensions among their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Shoreside Inn
2013-12-03

Couple Andy Steele and Jo Ratje run the Shoreside Inn in Shanklin on the Isle of Wight, where the quality of the rooms receives rave reviews. But some jungle-themed face painting causes a spat, and breakfast doesn't scale the heights expected.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: KirriBilli
2013-12-04

The third visit is to the KirriBilli guesthouse in Newquay, Cornwall, where Raj Odedra happily caters for stag and hen parties and can't wait to get the party started. Five-star loving Jackie is horrified by the prospect of sleeping in a bunk bed, and all the guests gang up on Raj in a game of tug of war.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Elysian Fields
2013-12-05

The final visit is to the Elysian Fields in Helston, Cornwall, run to a high standard by hotel aficionado Jackie Burchell, who lays on wine and personalised lollipops.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2013-12-06

The B&Bers to come face to face for the final time, to discover what they've been paid and settle their differences.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 51: Hazels Roost
2013-12-09

The first B&B of the week is Hazels Roost in Bainbridge, Yorkshire, where Lithuanian-raised host Millie Bussey hopes her years working on cruise ships will mean the competition is all plain sailing. An afternoon of bowls gets the competitive juices flowing, and the next morning, one of the guest's young son attempts to entertain the guests with a magic show.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 52: Rhandregynwen Hall
2013-12-10

At Rhandregynwen Hall in Llanymynech, even host Mark Johannsen and his friend Amos Bell have trouble with the B&B's name. The competition revs up with some dirt buggy racing, and in the morning Mark feels the heat as blunders with the breakfast orders put him on the back foot.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 53: Smart and Simple
2013-12-11

The third visit is to the Smart and Simple hotel in Tunbridge Wells, Kent, where owner Simon Colbran and his assistant manager Rebecca Heasman want their rivals to agree 'the rooms are smart, and that's simple'. Ex-footballer Simon takes his guests for a good kicking on the pitch, but ends up with egg on his face after an early pratfall. At dinner, Cathy's joke about Lithuanian-raised Millie's accent leaves her fuming.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 54: Pearfield
2013-12-12

The final visit of the week is to Pearfield B&B in Petersfield, where owner Cathy Robinson and her son Alex want to win over their guests with a home from home experience. Tennis club champion Cathy takes her guests for a knockabout, but while she wins over her guests with her patience, it's guest Simon who emerges victorious.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 55: Payment Day
2013-12-13

It's the final day, and the B&Bers meet for the last time to discuss their feedback forms and see how much they've been paid. With low scoring and hurt feelings, there's plenty of tension before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 56: The Avenue
2013-12-16

At The Avenue at Brockhall Village, feisty owners Margaret Lofthouse and Janet Sutton hope their B&B is right up everyone's street. Liz Hall and Colin Eadie find an unwanted visitor in their toilet, and a lack of decaff tea upsets llama-loving Mary and Graham Walker.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 57: Llama's Pyjamas
2013-12-17

The second visit of the week brings the B&Bers to the Llama's Pyjama's in Cumbria, where owners Mary and Graham Walker hope their beloved llamas will charm the guests. On arrival not everyone is blown away by their themed bedrooms, and an afternoon of llama trekking leads to some interesting comparisons between the animals and the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 58: The Kallacliff Hotel
2013-12-18

On its third day the competition moves to Newquay, Cornwall, where lovebirds Liz Hall and Colin Eadie welcome their guests to their seaside accommodation, The Kallacliff Hotel. The location goes down a treat as the B&Bers find the views are to die for, but it doesn't take long for Mary and Graham to start finding fault.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 59: One 4 Two
2013-12-19

The fourth visit of the week brings the competition to the One 4 Two B&B in Bude, Cornwall, run by owner Kathy Lawrence and best friend Gabby Mottershead. After much speculation, there are mixed reactions on arrival, and guests Janet and Margaret struggle just to get through the door.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 60: Payment Day
2013-12-20

It's the final day of the competition and everyone meets to discuss their feedback forms, open their payment envelopes and crown a winner. Mary and Graham of the Llamas Pyjamas B&B are disappointed by comments about their beloved beasts, while Liz and Hall from The Kallacliff Hotel are unimpressed by remarks about the standard of their rooms.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 6 (2014)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Edenmore Guest House
2014-03-10

The first visit is to Edenmore Guest House in Ardrossan, Scotland, where host Hugh Begbie hopes his guests aren't the touchy-feely type.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Grassington Lodge
2014-03-11

Iin Yorkshire, host Diane Lowe makes the most of her area's Calendar Girls connections and the battle is on to create the best Victoria sponge. Next morning, the eggs Benedict are a huge hit with the guests and some glowing comments leave Diane close to tears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Manor Farm
2014-03-12

In Oxfordshire, hosts Andrew and Jeanette Collette's rural retreat is a bit too peaceful for some of their louder guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: George and Dragon
2014-03-13

The final visit of the week is to the George and Dragon, in Princes Risborough, where landlords Ian and Elle hope an afternoon of ghost-hunting will put their guests in high spirits. At breakfast, the impressive portion sizes are overshadowed when the chef bares his bottom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2014-03-14

Emotions run high as the rivals confront each other face to face and discover what they've been paid, before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: 20 Albany Street
2014-03-17

The competition starts at 20 Albany Street in Edinburgh where English-born Denise Walker and daughter Heather hope their B&B takes the high road to success. Despite a mix-up between salt and sugar, Denise is floored by her stack of perfect scores from most of the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The Highland Guesthouse
2014-03-18

In Callandar, Scotland, Tom and Angela Jones hope everyone is up for their morning bagpipe routine. On arrival, most guests are impressed by the cleanliness, but in the morning, the 'Tom show' gets a mixed reception.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The Fairfax Hotel
2014-03-19

In Skegness, owner Kath Milward's plan to wow her guests doesn't go as smoothly as she would have liked. The day starts with the news that Kath has split from her partner, Mark, and after she makes an early departure from dinner, Kath's breakfast efforts are considered too little, too late.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Wolds Village
2014-03-20

The last visit of the competition is to Wolds Village in Bainton, East Yorkshire where owners Chris and Sally Brealey have created themed rooms they hope fulfil their guests' fantasies!

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2014-03-21

The owners come together for the last time to settle some scores and discover how much they've been paid, before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Langsmeade House
2014-03-24

The week kicks off at Langsmeade House in Thame, Oxfordshire, with Dutch-born owner Marianne Aben and her trusty housekeeper Fran Birchwood. Their quirky hosting style and 1920s knick knacks are a hit with Michael Prime and his mum Lorna, even if the dusty bedframe isn't.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Stratford House
2014-03-25

Natasha and Dai Pollock juggle the demands of bringing up a young family with running their B&B in Stratford-upon-Avon. On arrival, entrepreneur Mark Genders finds some 'snagging' issues in the décor and Michael Prime and his mum Lorna are 'mortified' when they discover a short and curly in the drawers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Edmund House
2014-03-26

The third visit is to pet-friendly Edmund House in Deal in Kent where owner Michael Prime is joined by his doting mum Lorna. On arrival, Marianne Abben and Fran Birchwood love the seaside-inspired room, but entrepreneur Mark Genders is far from thrilled by the 'no frills' experience.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Five Bells Pub
2014-03-27

The last visit is to the Five Bells Pub in Berkshire, where entrepreneur Mark Genders hopes his guests will think his small rooms are perfectly formed. But he admits his VERY honest appraisal of his rivals' offerings may work against him.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2014-03-28

It's the final day in the competition and the B&Bers face the music, as they meet to discover what they've been paid and confront their critics over their feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Trecarne House
2014-03-31

Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan own Trecarne House in Liskeard, Cornwall. Dominic is impressed with his room with a view and Rayne and Chris can't conceal their enthusiasm as they tuck in to the complimentary treats, but Stephen and Joanna's dust hunt yields results. Over an afternoon of table tennis, Dominic impresses the group with his ping-pong prowess, and the hosts mark him out as the one to watch. At dinner, Trish and Tom win the group's admiration by sharing their life story but Dominic stirs up intrigue by holding his cards close to his chest. At breakfast, there are a few hairy encounters at the table and in the milk jug. The guests check out with mixed feedback, but Trish and Tom want answers when it comes to Dominic's scores for their hosting ability.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Magna Carta
2014-04-01

Captain Dominic Read runs the Magna Carta, a five-star floating B&B in Windsor. Stephen Bull and Joanna Harris are bowled over by the former working barge and Rayne and Chris Deal are impressed with the girth of their berth. But Trish and Tom Brock Morgan struggle to detect that five-star feel in their cabin. Over an afternoon of drumming, the group unleash their inner rock gods, with Trish really letting rip. The Captain hosts dinner on board, but his thunder is slightly stolen when one of the guests makes an epic rousing speech of epic proportions. At breakfast, the guests observe that it's Captain Dom's staff putting in the hard graft, and a cracked teapot almost rocks the boat. Come feedback time, one couple's criticism takes the wind from Dominic's sails.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Ash Cottage
2014-04-02

Rayne and Chris Deal run Ash Cottage in Kent. The unique décor isn't everyone's cup of tea and Trish and Tom get heated over the instant coffee. The hosts take their guests to Chatham Dockyard to try their hands at rope making. But, after they criticised his place, Dominic reveals his feelings towards Trish and Tom have changed. And Trish is the target of some good-natured digs from Stephen. Over dinner, talk turns to Stephen's place and jaws drop when he reveals the amount of cash he has invested in it. On the next morning, the amount of animal ornaments and taxidermy in the breakfast room is overkill for some, and Stephen describes it as a 'dead zoo'. Come feedback time, one couple's comments lead Chris to claim 'the mittens are off and the gloves are on!'

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: A Room with a View
2014-04-03

The final visit is to A Room with a View in Brighton where owner Stephen Bull and housekeeper Joanna Harris hope their nine-room establishment can deliver a top-notch experience. On arrival, the guests are gobsmacked and Rayne and Chris Deal are impressed with Joanna as the queen of clean. But Tom and Trish Brock Morgan feel short-changed in the shower. Over an afternoon of pasta making, Dominic shows his competitive streak, but is pipped to the post by an unlikely outsider. At dinner the group are in awe of Stephens's achievements, but in the morning they're unimpressed with his breakfast. Stephen and Jo struggle in the kitchen and Dominic is left waiting while his rivals tuck in. Feedback time starts well for the hosts, until they have to chew over criticism of their breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2014-04-04

The B&B owners come together for one last time. Trecarne House hosts Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan have a point to raise with Dominic on his score for their hosting, while Dominic has a bone to pick with them about their criticisms of his five-star floating B&B. Rayne and Chris Deal are up next, and a battle of the hospitality trays ensues. And Stephen and Joanna from A Room with a View in Brighton hold up their hands over their rivals' complaints about the breakfast. Tensions run high as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Nateby Inn
2014-05-05

At Nateby Inn in Cumbria, landlady Gaynor Walker is ready with a warm welcome. She takes her guests to a local brewery, and the trip turns out to be a barrel of laughs when Andrew Ashmore beats Bob Osborne in a cask-rolling competition. However, at dinner, Bob reclaims pole position in the conversation stakes when he reveals he once lived in a cave. The following morning, it's Gaynor's turn in the spotlight and she's left fuming when guests Julia Ashley and Clare Ashmore put her through her paces with double orders for breakfast. A broken cooker means it's double trouble for Gaynor as she struggles to get out her full English. At feedback, host Gaynor is delighted by some comments, but left disgruntled by Julia and Graham's mixed reviews.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Outfields Farm
2014-05-06

Owners Graham and Julia Ashley run Outfields Farm Bed and Breakfast in Ravensden, Bedfordshire. The hosts treat their guests to an adrenaline-fuelled afternoon at an indoor sky diving centre, before whisking them back to the B&B for a dinner full of surprises. The guests wake up the next day having had a faultlessly good night's sleep and looking forward to breakfast. Julia ordered two breakfasts at Gaynor Walker's B&B, so she isn't surprised when Gaynor orders off menu.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: At Home
2014-05-07

In London, artist Bob Osborne takes a laid-back approach to running his B&B, At Home, in Chiswick On arrival, guests are pleasantly surprised by their first impression of Bob's communal living space-come-mini art gallery, but on closer inspection, the guests are soon dishing the dirt. Bob's impromptu art class gets mixed reviews and an appraisal from art critic Peter Davies on their efforts leaves some of the guests baffled. But it's at dinner when the guests are really bewildered, as Bob reveals his plans for tomorrow's breakfast. The next morning, the artist-in-residence is a no show and the DIY breakfast seems to have almost everyone getting into the communal vibe. Unfortunately for Bob, at feedback, his guests' feelings don't make for works of art.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Ammonite Lodge
2014-05-08

The final visit of the week is to Chard, Somerset where Andrew and Clare Ashmore own the Ammonite Lodge guesthouse. The competitive B&Bers have gone head to head in a whole host of activities this week, and today, Andrew and Clare hope to bowl their guests over with a game of skittles. At dinner, the B&Bers share their first impressions of each other, with Bob and Julia offering up some highly amusing observations. In the morning, breakfast is a lively affair with host Andrew kept on his toes by his raucous guests. In the kitchen, Clare is concerned about how Gaynor will judge their offering. Having read their feedback, Andrew and Clare have some questions to ask on payment day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2014-05-09

It's time for the B&B-ers to face the music, as they come together for one last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics, face to face. Nateby Inn is first up and host Gaynor takes issue with Graham and Julia's reduced marks for cobwebs. Next, conversation becomes heated when Outfields Farm owners Graham and Julia tackle Gaynor's complaints, and Georgie steps in to the hosts' defence. Artist Bob Osborne has a list of grievances he wants to address, and Julia is left cringing when her comments come back to haunt her. Tension runs high as everyone finds out what they've been paid, but who will be crowned best value B&B of the week? It's a close call.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Abbey House
2014-05-12

A new competition kicks off at Abbey House in Penrith, Cumbria, where Ian Sugden and his wife Sam treat their guests to an afternoon on the firing range and fancy bacon for breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Compton House
2014-05-13

Lisa Holloway prides herself on providing a home from home for her guests. Sadly, Sam and Ian Sugden are disappointed by the dust, while Dave and Jo find Lisa's prices hard to swallow. Next morning at breakfast, retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell are heard openly criticising the haddock.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The White Horse
2014-05-14

At the White Horse pub and B&B in Ripon, North Yorkshire, Dave and Jo Bate hope the guests will embrace the pub vibe and an afternoon of Morris dancing in front of the ancient cathedral. But what do they make of Dave's revelations at dinner concerning his 'big one', let alone 'tomatogate' at breakfast the next morning?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Old Farmhouse
2014-05-15

In Cheshire, retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell shock some of their guests by offering only a shared bathroom. But that's nothing compared to Sam and Ian Sugden's reaction to what they find lurking beneath their bed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2014-05-16

The B&Bers gather for one last time to find out who has won and to thrash out their differences. And a heated exchange about cleaning leads to tears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Knockaloe Beg
2014-05-19

On the Isle of Man, owners Fiona and John Anderson hope their guests will embrace the green ethos of Knockaloe Beg farm. During an afternoon of laser mayhem, the Isle of Man residents battle the mainlanders, and two guests prove they're the life and soul of the party. The next day, after breakfast, Fiona introduces some farmyard fun as the guests head out for some hands-on animal antics.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Arches
2014-05-20

The second visit is to The Arches on the Isle of Man where ex-demolition man Phil Routledge is proud of his super-modern B&B, which was voted the best in the Isle of Man. On arrival, his guests are blown away by the views, and fellow Isle of Man residents John and Fiona Anderson lap up the his and hers bath. But the lack of instructions for the state-of-the art gadgetry leaves guest Julie Brogan stumped. Phil wins over his guests after an afternoon of scuba diving in the Arches' own pool, and in the morning, Phil's wife Jill takes charge in the kitchen where some 'perfect' eggs Benedict puts the pressure on the mainlanders who are hosting next.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Trafford
2014-05-21

The third visit is to The Trafford Hotel in Blackpool. Owners Robbie and John Welling are proud of their traditional bucket and spade B&B, and on arrival, the guests are pleasantly surprised. The hosts want to sweeten the deal with an afternoon learning the art of making Blackpool rock, and the competitive juices get flowing as the Isle of Man B&Bs take on the mainland B&Bs. Next morning, Robbie and John present Fiona and John with a full English made entirely of Blackpool rock but it's not enough to distract Fiona from commenting on the mass market ingredients in the real breakfast. At check-out, the hosts are left wondering why Phil says he won't return again.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Sheepy Lodge
2014-05-22

The last visit of the week is to the grand Sheepy Lodge in Warwickshire where empty-nester Julie loves to fill her manor house with people - as long as they don't order poached eggs. Julie's rivals are gobsmacked by their surroundings, but Robbie and John Welling aren't thrilled with the lack of en-suite and old blu tack on their bedroom walls, while John and Fiona are shocked to find synthetic bedding. With rain stopping play outside, Julie decides on some old fashioned parlour games - so a fiercely fought session of hide and seek ensues. In the morning, Julie's forced to cook the dreaded poached eggs, and, as she panics, some of the guests think that she's too apologetic. Come check-out, some glowing feedback leaves Julie in tears but she believes the competition is too close to call.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2014-05-23

It's the last day of the competition and the rival B&B owners meet to settle some scores and discover what they've been paid. Kicking things off is Knockaloe Beg farm on the Isle of Man, and hosts Fiona and John Anderson tackle criticisms of a missing host at breakfast. Next, Phil Routledge from The Arches on the Isle of Man takes on Robbie and John Welling from the Trafford in Blackpool about their forensic investigation, but holds his hands up about the fact they stumbled upon his personal walk-in wardrobe. Next, Robbie and John want to get a straight answer from Phil on why he wouldn't be up for a return visit. The last host, Julie Brogan from Sheepy Lodge in the Midlands, discovers that she's more apologetic than she thought and realises that sorry is the hardest word for her guests to hear. With all the payments finally revealed, the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Dunsandles Guest House
2014-05-26

Owner Alan Johnson, and his best mate and professional sidekick Dave Owen, kick off the competition at Dunsandles Guest House in New Brighton, Merseyside. A scandal with some unwanted hair on Brock's sheets is not a good start though. That discovery is followed by an afternoon of ghost story telling and tales of egg-poaching at dinner. In the morning, Gina and Nick feel they're making an exhibition of themselves with a tea-trolley which is in full view of the neighbours.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Lady Teal Hotel Boat
2014-05-27

The second visit is to the Lady Teal Hotel Boat on the waterways near Burnley in Lancashire, owned by Nick and Gina Mead. The afternoon entertainment is some freezing competition out on the locks, and then Brock's 'colourful' language over dinner leaves Alan with a bad taste in his mouth. In the morning, Alan reveals his night of cabin fever.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: York House
2014-05-28

Brock Bergius hopes his cheeky sense of humour and perfectionist nature will help make the guests' third visit of the competition, to York House in Tetbury, Gloucestershire, the winning one. During an afternoon of sausage making, Brock is in his element making saucy jokes. But his reluctance to go 'off-menu' at breakfast leaves some guests a bit disappointed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Heyford House
2014-05-29

The final day of the competition is at Heyford House in Lower Heyford, Oxfordshire, owned by veterans of the hospitality trade, Leo and Sonya Brooke-Little. The afternoon event is boxing, which Brock sees as a perfect opportunity to settle some scores with Dave and Alan.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2014-05-30

The B&Bers meet for the last time and thrash out their differences and find out who's this week's winner. Feedback includes criticism of a badly positioned tea tray, a hot chocolate storm, and accusations of over-enthusiastic hosting.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 7 (2014)

No overview available.

20 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: From The Flying Bull to Elveden Inn
2014-07-14

Starting in Hampshire at The Flying Bull, run by partners Russell Theron and Chris Birkett, the competition gets off to a flying start. But when things move to Sharon Parker's Victorian Villa in Hampton Hill, the negative reaction to her themed rooms takes her close to the edge. In Cambridge at Faisal Malik and Wak Salim's Ayah Villa Guest House, tensions previously simmering in the group bubble to the surface. But nothing can prepare the group for Sharon's reaction to the final B&B: The Elveden Inn in Suffolk, run by Richard Lawson and his housekeeper Kerry Alcock, where pet hair gets right up her nose.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: From Vale Berkeley Guesthouse to The New Inn
2014-07-15

The competition begins in Gloucestershire at The Vale Berkley Guesthouse, run by Harri and Claire Cheber, where functional magnolia rooms are the order of the day. But the guests are in for something completely different when they head to Penzance and The Artist's Residence run by twenty-somethings Justin Salisbury and Charlie Newie. When they head to Blackpool to visit B&B veterans Craig and Alec Coleman at Edenfield Guesthouse, tensions in the group begin to surface, and finally boil over at the last B&B, The New Inn at Portland in Dorset, run by Spencer and Stacey Tulum, where harsh words are exchanged.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: From The Old Stables to Dent Station
2014-07-16

The competition kicks off in Minehead where, at The Old Stables B&B, owners Nina and Andy Dodd hope to impress with their Nordic-styled rooms. But nothing can prepare them for the five-star offering at Rigsby's Guesthouse in Hertford, managed by Morris Cockman, where frictions amongst the B&B-ers start to surface. When they all head to Blackpool to stay with Erica and David Hensley at The Fairway, David jeopardises the visit with his absence at breakfast. At the final B&B, Dent Station in Cumbria run by Robin Hughes, Morris makes an alarming discovery.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: From The Black Lion to The Big Bear Lodge
2014-07-17

Things get underway in East Sussex where Nigel Fright runs the Black Lion at Halland. Tensions immediately surface between Nigel and the second hosts of the week, Ken Clutterbuck, and housekeeper Ginny Trow, who run The Wheatsheaf in Exning. Things continue to escalate between Ken and Nigel at the second visit but when the guests head to Merseyside to stay with Cheryl Casey and her daughter-in-law Hayley Cotton at The Sherwood Guesthouse, the focus is on the very nervous and tearful Cheryl. The final B&B is The Big Bear Lodge in Shropshire, run by Mark and Rachel Dann.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: From One4 to the Alexandra Hotel
2014-07-18

Things get underway in Cheltenham, where Nick Purchase runs the One4 Boutique Hotel. His four-star gold rooms may impress but nothing can prepare the guests for the décor at Dave Golding and Gloria Barnett's Windy Bottom B&B in Maidstone. Tensions mount, as the stay is not a breeze for everyone. When the guests head to Bolton to stay at The Jolly Carter with Phil and Angie Sutcliffe, it's Angie's hosting style that leaves some far from jolly. The final B&B is The Alexandra Hotel in Llandudno, run by minister John Humberstone. It may be a work in progress, but John's rooms leave the guests wanting more.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: From The Golf House to The B and B
2014-07-21

The competition tees off at the Golf House on the Isle of Wight, owned by John and Sue Blakemore. Next it's Nick and Layla's turn to host at The New Inn in St. John's Wood in London. Most guests are impressed, but John and Sue are left cold by their 'corporate and impersonal' room. The third visit is to the Bunkroom hostel in Chester where David Sharrock is determined to prove hostelling is for everybody, even if his wife Victoria isn't convinced. The last visit of the week is to The B and B Blackpool, where owner John is a B&B rookie.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: From Ye Olde Fighting Cocks to The Elgin Hotel
2014-07-22

B&B newbies Tony Keates and Jeanette Hamer are first to host, at Ye Olde Fighting Cocks in Arnside in Cumbria. Their guests are captivated by the view, but fellow B&Ber Garry Lloyd is less taken by what he thinks is mould on his mattress. Next to host is Dr Stephen Stanley-Little, owner of Westward Cottage in Hadleigh in Suffolk. While Avril Berry and Alan Fraser are thrilled by its quirky appeal, business-minded couple Tony and Jeannette don't like the standards of cleanliness and decide to roll up their sleeves and take urgent action. The third hosts are bohemian couple Avril and Alan who own Roulotte Retreat in Melrose, in the Scottish Borders. The final visit is to The Elgin Hotel in Blackpool where manager Garry LLoyd and owner's daughter Sophie Seddon want to show their 89 room establishment can deliver the personal touch.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: From The Shelley Guesthouse to The George Hotel
2014-07-23

The competition kicks off in Aberystwyth, Wales, where keen owners Julian and Anna Maria Shelley run the Shelley Guest House. Their guests though are less than enthusiastic about the noisy pipes and continental breakfast. Next up is John and Sharyn Snell's five-star Ixworth House in Bury St Edmunds. Everything here is immaculate until there's a breakfast breakdown. The B&Bers then head to Graham Smith's Georgian House and Mews in York where there are Viking battle cries and a gossiping guest. The last stop is the George Hotel in Orton, Cumbria where owner Hazel McAleese reveals her love of the lucre but is then forced to face some home truths.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: From Angel Inn to the Clarendon Royal Hotel
2014-07-24

At the Angel Inn, Wangford, Suffolk, Kiwi couple Peter and Christine White offer up some down-under hospitality. Next is Moap's Farm in Danehill, East Sussex, where Lesley Miller has a laissez-faire approach to cleaning, cooking and accommodation. The competitors then head to Jabajak in Carmarthenshire, Wales. Here sisters Lorraine Lloyd and Amanda Stuart-Robson run a tight ship until they try sheep herding for their afternoon activity. The last visit is to Gravesend, Kent where the Clarendon Royal Hotel, where Les Woollends plans a fun afternoon of cocktails.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: From Union Inn to Elysian Fields
2014-07-25

The competition begins at the Union Inn in Cowes on the Isle of Wight. The guests then head across the island to Shanklin where Andy Stein and Jo Rachy run the Shoreside Inn. A heated argument breaks out during the afternoon and breakfast leaves them cold. The third visit is to Raj's Kirribilli Guesthouse in Newquay, Cornwall. Last is the Elysian Fields B&B in Helston, Cornwall where Jackie Burchell showers her guests with gifts including personalised lollies.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: From Hazel's Roost to Pearfield
2014-07-28

Hazel's Roost in Bainbridge, Yorkshire, goes first, with Millie Bussey trying to impress her guests with some breakfast magic. At Rhandregynwen Hall in Llanymynech, Wales, the guests go buggy racing. The third visit is to the Smart and Simple Hotel in Tunbridge Wells, Kent, managed by fake tan enthusiast Simon Colbran. During dinner, one guest unwittingly insults another, who vows revenge. The last stop is to Pearfield - Cathy Robinson's B&B in Petersfield, West Sussex. Here the homely vibe isn't well received by everyone.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: From Avenue Hotel to One 4 Two
2014-07-29

The Avenue Hotel in Brockhall, Lancashire, is first to host, with Margaret Lofthouse and Janet Sutton banking on their northern charm appeasing any disgruntled guests. In Penrith, Cumbria, Mary and Graham Walker run the Llamas Pyjamas, with their love of llamas extending to themed sleeping quarters. At the Kallacliff in Newquay, Cornwall, newbies Liz Hall and Colin Eadie are still learning the B&B business, and the final B&B is the One 4 Two in Bude, Cornwall - a £230-a-night love nest set up by Kathy Lawrence.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: From Edenmore Guest House to The George and Dragon
2014-07-30

The Edenmore Guest House in Ardrossan, Scotland, is first to host, with owner Hugh Begbie suffering negative feedback about his B&B's exterior, while party-loving landlords Ian and Elle Betchley take a quick dislike to Andrew and Jeanette Collette. The second visit is to Diane Lowe's Grassington Lodge in Yorkshire, where Hugh Begbie find's Diane's establishment too snobby. Tensions rise at Manor Farm in Oxfordshire, with Ian and Elle comparing staying at Andrew and Jeanette Collette's B&B to a trip to your 'mother-in-law'. At the final B&B, the George and Dragon in Buckinghamshire, tears flow at dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: From 20 Albany Street to Wolds Village
2014-07-31

The competition begins in Edinburgh at 20 Albany Street, run by Denise Walker. The second visit is to Tom and Angela Walker's Highland Guest House in Callandar, Scotland, where after a testing afternoon of highland dancing, battle lines are drawn. In Skegness, at Kath Milward's Fairfax Hotel, the guests are left shocked by her early departure at dinner. At Wolds Village in Yorkshire owners Chris and Sally Brealey are left fuming after getting mixed feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: From Langsmeade Guesthouse to Five Bells
2014-08-01

In Thame, Oxfordshire, at Langsmeade Guesthouse Marianne Aben and housekeeper Fran Birchwood are both pleased and bemused with their guests' feedback. The second visit is to family run Stratford House in Stratford-upon-Avon, where some guests aren't impressed with hosts Natasha and Dai Pollock's children being present at breakfast. At the Edmund Guest House in Deal, Kent, tensions rise between Mark Genders and hosts Michael and Lorna Prime. The strain on the group is magnified on the final visit to the Five Bells in Berkshire, when Michael and Lorna are underwhelmed by Mark Genders pub B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: From Trecarne House to A Room with a View
2014-08-04

The competition kicks off in Liskeard, Cornwall at Trecarne House with hosts Trish and Tom Brock-Morgan. The second visit is to the B&B boat the Magna Carta in Windsor run by Captain Dominic Read. Trish and Rayne's tea tray feud continues at Ash Cottage in Kent. The final visit is to A Room with a View in Brighton owned by Stephen Bull.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: From Nateby Inn to Ammonite Lodge
2014-08-05

At the Nateby Inn in Nateby, Cumbria, Gaynor Walker hopes her immaculate rooms and northern charm will impress her guests. The B&Bers then head to Outfields Farm in Bedfordshire where Graham and Julia Ashley have a surprise for their fellow competitors. The third visit is to At Home B&B in Chiswick, west London where artist Bob Osborne's irreverent attitude and casual approach to cleanliness causes confusion. The last stop is to the Ammonite Lodge Guest House in Chard, Somerset.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: From Abbey House to the Old Farmhouse
2014-08-06

At the Abbey House in Penrith, Cumbria, Ian and Samantha Sugden pride themselves on their simple but scrupulously clean rooms. The rivals then travel to Compton House in Newark, Nottinghamshire, where sisters Lisa Holloway and Becky Waltman offer antique filled rooms and five star breakfasts. The third visit is to the White Horse Inn in Ripon, Yorkshire managed by Dave and Jo Bate. Their basic rooms, and pub breakfasts don't impress though. Last is the Old Farmhouse, Chester, run by retired teachers Ed and Jane Mitchell.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: From Knockaloe Beg Farm to Sheepy Lodge
2014-08-07

The competition begins at Knockaloe Beg Farm in Peel on the Isle of Man. Here John and Fiona Anderson treat their guests to laser games, a trip around their farm and local produce. The guests then head across the island to Port Erin where Phil Routledge runs the Arches B&B. The third visit is to Robbie and John Welling's The Trafford Hotel in Blackpool. Last is Sheepy Lodge in Sheepy Magna, Warwickshire where Julie Brogan brought up her family and now fills it with paying guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: From Dunsandles Guesthouse to Heyford House
2014-08-08

The competition begins in New Brighton, Merseyside, where Andy Johnson and Dave Owen run Dunsandles Guesthouse. The guests then head to the waterways of Lancashire to board the Lady Teal Hotel Boat owned by Nick and Gina Mead. The third visit is to Brock Burgius' York House B&B in Tetbury, Gloucestershire. Finally the B&Bers visit Heyford House in Lower Heyford, Oxfordshire run by Sonya and Leo Brooke-Little.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 8 (2014)

No overview available.

60 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Springbank Guest House
2014-09-29

In Whaley Bridge, Derbyshire, Springbank Guest House owner Susan Torkington offers her guests the chance to learn cheerleading. But the blowback from a trio of stray hairs leaves her fuming.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Old Dairy
2014-09-30

The second visit of the competition is to the Old Dairy, in Bishops Barton, Somerset, run by Liz Cannon. There's some contentious Tupperware, and a close encounter with a hot teapot.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: The Toll House
2014-10-01

At The Toll House in Saffron Walden, Essex, owned by Laurie and Carole Poole, there's a competitive art session and a disturbed night's sleep for some.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Roebuck
2014-10-02

In Marchwood, Hampshire, landlady Maria Ettridge and bar manager Megan Seagrave plan an afternoon of woodland survival skills.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2014-10-03

It's the last day in the competition and the B&B owners meet for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Tempers flare as payments are revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Blackthorn Farm
2014-10-06

The first visit of this new competition is to Blackthorn Farm on Anglesey, where best friends Richard Tuke and Susan Hatch hope to impress, but there are mixed reactions at feedback time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The White Swan Hotel
2014-10-07

Graham and Barbara Yellow pride themselves on offering basic facilities for great value at the White Swan Hotel. But will their guests be happy to pay a supplement for breakfast?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The Old Mill House
2014-10-08

Malcolm and Fiona Piers-Taylor have an alternative approach to their business at The Old Mill House B&B in Bridport, Dorset.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The Brighton Inn
2014-10-09

The final visit of the week is to Rachel and Dan's Brighton Inn, where the guests clown around as they learn some circus skills. But some of them are on the offensive...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2014-10-10

An eventful week ends with tears and recriminations as the four sets of B&B owners find out what they've been paid and who won the week's competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Oak
2014-10-13

The competition starts at The Oak in Charing, Kent, where new landlady Natalie Palmer is hoping to be crowned best value B&B of the week. But some guests aren't blown away by their extractor fans.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The White Lady
2014-10-14

In the village of Worstead, Norfolk, Dennis Gilligan runs The White Lady, which he claims has a ghostly extra guest that sometimes goes bump in the night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Cranleigh House
2014-10-15

The third visit of the week is to Cranleigh House B&B in Coombe Martin, Devon, where former couple Katherine Armitage and Stewart Johnston offer an alternative experience.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Beaches
2014-10-16

In Paignton, on the English Riviera, Mike and Denise Mitchell are the new kids on the block, having only opened the doors to their B&B 'Beaches' a few weeks ago.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2014-10-17

The B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid and who is to be crowned best value B&B of the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The Old Times Guesthouse
2014-10-20

Mother and daughter team Linda and Kelly Langdown take their guests go-karting. Jo's not taken with the lack of breakfast options and Kelly cuts corners with the hot drink orders.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Flower Pot
2014-10-21

In Sunbury on Thames owner Simon Bailey and French manager Pierre Cudon offer a stylish stay with a certain je ne sais quoi.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Dolphin Hotel
2014-10-22

In Exmouth, Devon, Jo Knowles takes her guests paintballing and to a floating restaurant for dinner. Suspicions are aroused over breakfast though.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Mariners Beachside
2014-10-23

In Seaton, Devon, hosts Pat and Nigel pride themselves on their award-winning breakfast. At breakfast, the guests' expectations are high, and Nigel is under pressure to deliver.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2014-10-24

With all the visits over, the B&B owners come together to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Loch Ness Glamping
2015-02-16

The first visit of the week is to Loch Ness Glamping where the competition kicks off with some 'Highland hi-jinks'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Merchant House
2015-02-17

The second visit is to Merchant House B&B in Girvan, Scotland, where one couple's desire to win rubs some B&B'ers up the wrong way.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The White Bear
2015-02-18

The third visit of the week is to The White Bear in Chorley, Lancashire, where there's a round of golf and tears at breakfast time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Keepers Arms
2015-02-19

The final visit of the week is to The Keepers Arms in Quenington, Gloucestershire where there's an argument at breakfast and Martin and Pat can't bite their tongues any longer.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2015-02-20

The rival B&Bers find out who will be crowned best value B&B of the week. Emotions run high, with Sonia and Graham under attack - but who will win the competition?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Greenways
2015-02-23

The competition starts at Greenways of Malvern, Worcestershire, where owner Geri Atterbury likes to provide a home from home.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Royal Forester
2015-02-24

The second visit is to The Royal Forester in Bewdley, where owners Sean and Maxine hope to give their guests the royal treatment, and provide a trip to a safari park as entertainment.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Ferry Lodge
2015-02-25

The competition continues at Ferry Lodge in Holyhead, where not all of the guests appreciate the host's love of laminated signs, and the guests are baffled by a 'Welsh' breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Court Colman Manor
2015-02-26

The fourth visit is to Court Colman Manor in Bridgend, Wales, where hosts Sanjeev and Elinor attempt to entertain their guests with a lesson in fire making.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2015-02-27

It's the last day of the competition and tensions run high as the payments are finally revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Who'd a Thought It
2015-03-02

The competition kicks off at Who'd a Thought It in Grafty Green, Kent, where Joe Mallett and his partner Alex Rea Baldwin hope to kick off the week in style.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: New Osborne Hotel
2015-03-03

The week's second visit is to the New Osborne Hotel in Blackpool, where owner Matthew Bracegirdle and entertainment manager Liam hope their guests feel at home in their family-friendly B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Fairy Falls Hotel
2015-03-04

The third visit is to the Fairy Falls Hotel in Trefriw, North Wales, where B&B newbies Jackie and Paul Langshaw take their guests to a maze and Jackie doesn't beat about the bush.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Great Trewern
2015-03-05

The fourth visit is to Llandrindod Wells in Mid Wales, where at Liz and Brian's Great Trewern B&B the shared bathroom facilities don't impress, and the guests do a spot of glass blowing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2015-03-06

It's the last day in the competition and the B&Bers meet for the final time, to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Wallamhill House
2015-03-09

The competition begins at Wallamhill House where owners Gordon and Margaret Hood hope their homely B&B will hit the right note.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Thorpe House
2015-03-10

The second visit is to Thorpe House in Triangle, West Yorkshire, where Carole Kneen plans to give her guests a true Yorkshire welcome, including off-road go-karting.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Bridge Farmhouse
2015-03-11

The third visit of the competition is to The Bridge Farmhouse, where host Glyn has a nautical challenge planned for his guests, and the absence of TVs annoys one visitor.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Talbot Country Inn
2015-03-12

The final visit is to The Talbot Country Inn in Ruyton XI Towns, Shropshire, where Leanne and Alan host, and a blood-stained duvet upsets one pair of guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2015-03-13

It's the last day of the competition and there's a tearful walkout as critics are confronted and the payments are finally revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: Tower View Hotel
2015-03-16

The first visit of the week is in Blackpool, where there are unwanted guests in a bathroom and trouble at breakfast time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Church Spa
2015-03-17

In East Markham, Nottinghamshire, some of the guests are taken by the spa facilities, while others are less smitten with the price tag... or the hands-on hosting.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: King's Head Inn
2015-03-18

At the King's Head Inn in Rye, East Sussex, the guests get into the swing of things with a round of blindfolded mini-golf.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: The Bridge Hotel
2015-03-19

Former GMTV presenter Matt Arnold hopes to impress in Brandon, Suffolk with 'blissful bedrooms, beautiful bathrooms, brilliant breakfasts'.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2015-03-20

The B&Bers come together for one last time, to confront their rivals and discover what they've been paid. And things get heated when it's time to count up the cash.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Hampshire
2015-03-23

The week's first visit is to Wisteria House in Hampshire, where one guest gets picky at breakfast, and 25-year-old Zak causes surprises when he reveals his years of hospitality experience.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Bournemouth
2015-03-24

The second visit of the week is to The Living Room in Bournemouth, where owner Zak hopes his guests feel at home. But some guests have an issue with an eight-legged intruder.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: Anglesey
2015-03-25

It's the third day of the competition, at The Valley Hotel in Anglesey. There's an unwanted intruder in one of the bedrooms, and criticism leaves the host looking for answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: North Wales
2015-03-26

It's the final visit of the competition. The owners of Barratt's at Ty'n Rhyl in North Wales are having a bad hair day, and not all of the guests have a ball at the local cookery school.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Four In A Bed
2015-03-27

It's the last day of the competition and the rivals find out who will be crowned best value B&B of the week. Scores are settled concerning cleanliness, and a morning cuppa gets a roasting.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 51: The Oxenham Arms
2015-03-30

The first visit of the week is to The Oxenham Arms in Devon, where there's broom dancing in the afternoon, and feedback from one guest gets the hosts looking for revenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 52: Elegant House
2015-03-31

The second visit of the week is to Liverpool, where at Elegant House, owner John Brady feels his unique B&B stands out from the crowd, but his eclectic style isn't to everybody's liking.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 53: Hidden Valley Yurts
2015-04-01

The competition continues in Wales, where at Hidden Valley Yurts, Peter and Amanda want to give their guests a taste of the great outdoors, but not everybody's up for it.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 54: Cley Hall
2015-04-02

The final visit is to Cley Hall in Spalding where there's clock-watching over breakfast, and owner David Stanbridge is left fuming by some of the guest's comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 55: Payment Day
2015-04-03

It's the last day of the competition and tensions run high as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced. Simon and Lyn want answers, and David is not awash with praise.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 56: The Borgue Hotel
2015-04-06

The first visit of the week is to Scotland and The Borgue Hotel, which Vince and Shirley Barrett run with military precision. But guests Ken and Elaine aren't keen on the orange towels.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 57: Allscott Mill
2015-04-07

The second visit of the B&B competition is to Allscott Mill in Telford, Shropshire, where some guests feel that Ken's hosting skills leave a lot to be desired.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 58: Park House
2015-04-08

The third visit is to Llandrindod Wells, where at colourful Park House owners Ian and Joan Barr provide an afternoon's entertainment with some Shetland ponies.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 59: East Thorne Yurts
2015-04-09

The final visit of the week is East Thorne Yurts in Bude, Cornwall, run by Naomi Black and her former Rugby Pro husband, Adam. The group take part in a boys vs girls archery competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 60: Payment Day
2015-04-10

It's the final day, and hosting skills, breakfasts, facilities and toilet brushes (twice) are just some of the sources of disagreement and tension. Who will be crowned best B&B of the week?

Runtime: 30 min
Season 9 (2015)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Bosun's Lodge
2015-09-21

The competition starts at Bosun's Lodge on the Isle of Wight, where owners Karl Love and David Hill hope to win over their rivals, but things are far from ship shape.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Old Red Lion
2015-09-22

The second visit of the competition is to The Old Red Lion, Cambridgeshire, run by couple Tracey Andrews and Ian Holt. But tensions mount over a driving session and toilet troubles.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Roseheart Kingdom
2015-09-23

The third visit of the week is to Roseheart Kingdom, B&B, retreat and therapy centre run by Jacqueline and Tim Bucknell in Shropshire, where animals are very much the VIPs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Wydemeet
2015-09-24

The final visit of the week is to Wydemeet in Hexworthy, Dartmoor, where owner Mary Nicholson ruffles feathers over dinner, and come feedback, has a lot of points to answer.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2015-09-25

It's the final day of the competition and tempers flare as payments are revealed. Ian and Tracy are determined to confront Mary over her reaction to an unexpected find in their toilet!

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Anstey Hall
2015-09-28

Four proud B&B owners do battle to be named the best value for money. The competition starts at Anstey Hall, where father and son combo John and John de Bruyne aim to win over their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Clover Spa
2015-09-29

The second visit of the week is to the clothes free Clover Spa and Hotel in Birmingham, where owner Tim Higgs plans to convert his rivals to the joys of naturism.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The Angel Hotel
2015-09-30

The third visit is to The Angel Hotel in Coleford, Gloucestershire, where managers Mark Davidson and Layla Caton are determined to deliver their best.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Higher Gitcombe
2015-10-01

The final visit is to Higher Gitcombe, in Totnes, Devon, run by Lynnie and Paul Jolly. But not everyone is impressed by their efforts to spoil their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2015-10-02

It's the last day of the competition and the B&B owners tackle negative feedback about an indecent find and self-service breakfast before payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Amber's Bell Tent Camping
2015-10-05

This week Four in a Bed becomes Four in a Camp Bed as four sets of camp site proprietors battle it out. The first visit is to Amber's Bell Tent Camping in Norfolk.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Park Farm Camping
2015-10-06

The second visit is to Park Farm Camping and Caravan Site in Norfolk where husband and wife team Derek and Julie Nice want their back to basics, family-friendly glamping site to win.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Layer Marney Tower
2015-10-07

The third visit of the week is to 500-year-old Layer Marney Tower, where posh hosts Nick and Sheila Charrington unzip their luxury canvas lodges for scrutiny.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Foxhunter Park
2015-10-08

The fourth day of the competition is at the Foxhunter Park in Kent, where gregarious brother and sister team Jane Stacey and Russell Saunders own a luxury caravanning site.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2015-10-09

This week Four in a Bed becomes Four in a Camp Bed as camp site proprietors battle it out to be named best value. It's the last day and there are a few scores that need settling.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Wharfe House
2015-10-12

The competition kicks off at Wharfe House in Wetherby, where B&B newcomer Pauline Cox is the first to host in the competition. Come feedback, Pauline's left deflated by her sausage scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Wortwell Hall Barn
2015-10-13

The second visit is to Wortwell Hall Barn in Norfolk where husband and wife Jenny and Clive Aylett strive for perfection. But a kitchen meltdown results in a fundamental error.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Bath Lodge Castle
2015-10-14

The third visit is to Bath Lodge Castle in Somerset where Karen and Mike Hepker run an opulent castle experience. But the guests feel short changed by the bathroom fixtures and fittings.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: The Old Lodge Hotel
2015-10-15

The final visit is to The Old Lodge Hotel in Gosport, Hampshire, where publicans Mike and Tash like to mix business with pleasure, but one guest is disappointed by the honeymoon suite.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2015-10-16

It's the last day of the competition and accusations fly, tensions run high and guests walk out as the payments are finally revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Swallows Rest
2015-10-19

The competition starts at Swallows Rest in Weymouth, Dorset, where owners Jane and Keith Smith are pulling out all the stops to win, but some of the feedback leaves Jane white as a sheet.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Burley Inn
2015-10-20

The second visit of the week is to The Burley Inn in The New Forest where newlyweds Darren and James host and guests Jane and Keith disagree over a toilet roll.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Hotel Montville
2015-10-21

The third visit this week is to Hotel Montville in Redditch, Worcestershire, where host Ray Chowdhury hopes to win over his rival B&B owners with his unique style and décor.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Silverton
2015-10-22

The last visit of the week is to The Silverton in Shrewsbury where business partners Donna and David offer complimentary earplugs, but some guests are concerned about road noise.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2015-10-23

It's the last day of the competition and tensions are running high. Donna and David take umbrage with Jane and Keith and accusations fly around the table before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Lilly's Pad
2015-10-26

The competition starts at Lilly's Pad in Lincolnshire, where Sue and Louise aim to win over their guests with their personalities, but there are mixed reactions to the themed teddy bears.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Clifton
2015-10-27

The second visit of the competition is to The Clifton in Tyne & Wear, where Scott & Liz's hospitality skills fail to impress everyone. And one guest has to sleep on towels.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Melody House
2015-10-28

The third visit of the week is to Melody House in Great Ryburgh, Norfolk, owned by entrepreneur Audrey Buxton; her guests take part in a sing-along, some more willingly than others.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The Castle Hotel
2015-10-29

The week's final visit is to The Castle Hotel in Kent where gregarious landlords Gordon and Sharon Thomson aim to charm their guests, but perfectionists Sue and Louise find fault.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2015-10-30

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time. Tensions mount as Gordon and Sharon delve in to their noise and lack of privacy issues at The Castle Hotel.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: The King's Head
2015-11-02

The competition starts at The King's Head pub, Addlethorpe, where hospitality queen Helen Coy holds court. A funfair game of Hook-a-Duck takes guests back to their childhoods.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Beck Hall
2015-11-03

The second visit is to dog friendly Beck Hall in Yorkshire, where hosts, newcomers Louise and Andy Macbeth, are given a grilling and one of the guests gets green around the gills.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Albaston
2015-11-04

The third visit of the week is to The Albaston in Torquay, owned by avid souvenir collectors Kevin and Julie Shadbolt, who own a startling menagerie of memorabilia.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Hotel Piccadilly
2015-11-05

The final visit is to the Hotel Piccadilly in Bournemouth, run by dancer Terri and husband Stewart. But while the girls give it a whirl, the boys appear to have two left feet.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2015-11-06

It's the last day and tensions run high. Helen and Emma are quizzed about their hairy discovery, and Helen challenges Louise and Andy about the wee problem they found in the bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Bove Town House
2015-11-09

The competition starts at Bove Town House in Glastonbury, where Shannon Slater-Dent and Trevor Tredgett make their bid to win over their guests with an afternoon of group sound healing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Treberthan
2015-11-10

The second visit of the week is to Treberthan in Cornwall where Kathryn Langley and Trevor Burnell nearly come unstuck at breakfast and are left with some explaining to do.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: SugarBeat Eating House
2015-11-11

The third visit is to SugarBeat Eating House in Norfolk where manager Stevie King and head chef David Lovett receive a wake-up call and Ben and Sian write a message in the dust.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Fritton Arms
2015-11-12

The final visit is to The Fritton Arms in Norfolk, where Ben Davenport and his partner Sian Dewaal aspire to run the perfect B&B, but the fact that they allow dogs to stay comes under fire.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2015-11-13

It's the final day and the owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid. Tensions run high as issues of hygiene, noise and delayed breakfasts are raised.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: North Bridge Street
2015-11-16

The competition kicks off at North Bridge Street B&B in Hawick, where Eileen Walsh and Emanuel Forte preside over a purple palace. Come feedback, they're fuming at one guest's comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: The Golden Fleece
2015-11-17

The second visit is to The Golden Fleece in Cumbria, where Sylvia Spark and Robert Cowan aim to please with breakfast. But the plates are swimming in grease and the eggs are hard.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: The Bubble Inn
2015-11-18

The third visit is to The Bubble Inn in Stenson, Derbyshire, where Connie Eleftheriou thinks he can knock out his competition, but some unsightly stains threaten to burst the Inn's bubble.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Ayuda House
2015-11-19

The final visit is to Ayuda House in Greater Manchester, run by Melinda Beckett-Hughes. The guests expect perfection, but make some shocking discoveries.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2015-11-20

It's the final day and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. There's some disastrous breakfast and cleanliness feedback which makes for some tough decisions.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: The Richard III
2015-11-23

It kicks off at The Richard III in Middleham, run by Ken and Sharon. As the guests arrive, mother and son Jo and Louis like the themed rooms, but find sleeping above a pub noisy.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Court House Unique Boutique
2015-11-24

The second visit is to Court House Unique Boutique B&B in Shelsley Walsh, where Keith and Lisa hold court. On arrival Ken and Sharon are impressed by their honeymoon suite and the seemingly low price.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: Castley Camp
2015-11-25

The third visit is to Castley Camp in Otley, Yorkshire, owned by single mum Jo Stevenson and her son Louis. On arrival, Ken and Sharon are horrified by stains on their bedding and dust in the room.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Lion & Swan
2015-11-26

The final visit is to the Lion & Swan in Congleton, where owner Paul and manager Matt set out to win. On arrival, Lisa and Keith are shocked by their waterbed and dirty bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2015-11-27

It's the final day and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Price fixing, dirty laundry and bed sheet stains are all brought up.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 10 (2016)

No overview available.

55 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Shiralee
2016-04-04

Fay and Ray's colourful and cluttered décor shocks their guests at the Shiralee B&B in Salisbury. But it's the feedback that shocks Fay and Ray.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Bluebell Woods
2016-04-05

David and Donna Bletsoe Brown try to bring a touch of class to their woodland B&B in Northampton. But Fay and Ray are on the warpath and uncover a mucky mattress.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: The Lion Hotel
2016-04-06

At The Lion Hotel in Pontypool, manager Marc Harris and chef Wayne Williams aim to deliver top end service. But tension between guests simmers at dinner, and David and Donna find a nail in their room.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The New Inn
2016-04-07

The last visit is to The New Inn in Talgarth, where ex-naval officer Damon Lewis is the sole captain of his ship. Wayne and Marc prepare to be brutally honest and Fay and Ray expect high standards.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2016-04-08

It's payment day and the owners meet for the last time. Everyone's gives frank feedback on their frank feedback, before they each find out how much they've been paid and who's won.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: The Richard III
2016-04-11

It kicks off at The Richard III in Middleham, run by Ken and Sharon. As the guests arrive, mother and son Jo and Louis like the themed rooms, but find sleeping above a pub noisy.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Court House Unique Boutique
2016-04-12

The second visit is to Court House Unique Boutique B&B in Shelsley Walsh, where Keith and Lisa hold court. On arrival Ken and Sharon are impressed by their honeymoon suite and the seemingly low price.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Castley Camp
2016-04-13

The third visit is to Castley Camp in Otley, Yorkshire, owned by single mum Jo Stevenson and her son Louis. On arrival, Ken and Sharon are horrified by stains on their bedding and dust in the room.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Lion & Swan
2016-04-14

The final visit is to the Lion & Swan in Congleton, where owner Paul and manager Matt set out to win. On arrival, Lisa and Keith are shocked by their waterbed and dirty bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2016-04-15

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid, and to settle some scores...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Keats Cottage
2016-04-18

The competition kicks off at Keats Cottage in Shanklin on the Isle of Wight, where David and Ewa Woodward play host to some critical guests who don't all get along particularly well.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Jasmine House
2016-04-19

The second visit is to Jasmine House in Lutterworth, Leicestershire, managed by no-frills Donna Taylor, where there's a kick-boxing lesson and some rather picky feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Halliwell House
2016-04-20

The third visit of the competition is to the luxury Halliwell House in Cheshire, owned by Martin Hulme and Sara Williams, where rooms have a hefty price tag of nearly £500 a night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Soar Chapel Guest House
2016-04-21

The final visit is to Soar Chapel Guest House in Wales, the family home of mum and daughter duo Lesley and Chloe Priestly. The group compete in beat-boxing, and old tensions resurface.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2016-04-22

It's the last day and Patrick has some serious questions for Jacqui and Jane, while Martin and Catherine have some explaining to do. Payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Oak Tree Cottage
2016-04-25

The competition starts at The Oak Tree Cottage in Burley, where Jacqui Castle hopes her homely approach will win the day, but her communal breakfast doesn't go down well with some guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Rising Sun Inn
2016-04-26

The competition moves to The Rising Sun Inn in Bath, where guests need to stick to a dress code for dinner, there's a competitive game of boules, and things get flirty over breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Busfeild Arms
2016-04-27

The third visit is to The Busfeild Arms, East Morton, where hosts Martin and Catherine Crosswaite pride themselves on Yorkshire hospitality and Martin shocks the group by sharing his past

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Epstein House
2016-04-28

The final visit is to Epstein House in Liverpool, where there's a competitive Beatles-themed game of charades, and some shocking revelations all round.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2016-04-29

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Jacqui and Jane from The Oak Tree Cottage are first and want to find out why Norman and Lorraine wouldn't return. Next it's the turn of Norman and Lorraine from The Rising Sun Inn. They want to get to the bottom of Jacqui and Jane's picky comments. Third hosts, Martin and Catherine from The Busfeild Arms have some explaining to do when it comes to their profit margins. Finally, Patrick from Epstein House is left with some serious questions for Jacqui and Jane regarding the lowest score of the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Bell House Hotel
2016-05-02

The first visit is to The Bell House Hotel in Wiltshire, where Chris Williams and Jacqui Hogg aim to bring city chic to the shires. But their absence at breakfast gets the criticism flowing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Patridge
2016-05-03

The second visit is to The Partridge in Oxfordshire, where Matthew Cockman and Paula Szkwarkowska share a passion for organic food but the self-service breakfast has the guests up in arms.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Strawberry Gardens B&B
2016-05-04

The third visit is to David and Susan Speak's Strawberry Gardens B&B in Heysham, where despite the home-from-home accommodation with lashings of northern hospitality, cracks start to show.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Bateman's Mill
2016-05-05

The last visit is to The Bateman's Mill near Chesterfield, where Jade Hendon and Diana Yates aim to be the best, but David and Susan are quick to find hairs in the bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2016-05-06

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Bell House is up first and owners Chris and Jacqui want to find out why Matthew marked them down for being too tall for his bed. Next, Matthew and Paula want to tackle Jade and Diana's low score for their breakfast set up at The Partridge. Susan and David are keen to hear why they got a low score from Chris for using air fresheners at Strawberry Gardens. Finally, the fur flies as Jade tackles Matthew over his feedback for The Bateman's Mill. The group thrash out their differences before the winners are revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Alston House
2016-05-09

The first visit is to Alston House in Cumbria where Michael Allchorne and his wife Carole are brimming with confidence. But things get hairy for one guest and the hosts are left reeling.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Scotia House
2016-05-10

The second visit is to Scotia House in Harrogate where host Marie suspects some of her guests are seeking revenge. Can she impress with deluxe teddy bears and a Northern Soul dance off?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Canberra Guest House
2016-05-11

Relationships are strained and cracks start to show as the group travel to the third visit at The Canberra Guest House in Blackpool. And one of the guests ruffles more than just feathers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Crown and Kitchen
2016-05-12

The last visit is to The Crown & Kitchen in East Linton, Scotland where tensions come close to breaking point. Yvonne and Gail leave no mattress unturned as they go in to super sleuth mode.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2016-05-13

It's the final day in the competition, and things are tense from the start as Carole and Michael from Alston House challenge Marie on her comments. Next, Marie from Scotia House wants to set the record straight with allegations of tit for tat scoring. Yvonne and Gail from Canberra Guest House have a whole list of issues to cover with Marie and the two Billies. Finally, father and son team Billy and Billy from The Crown and Kitchen want to tackle the barrage of criticism over their breakfast. With tensions coming to a head the group find out what they've been paid before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Newton House
2016-05-16

The first visit of the week is to Newton House in Knaresborough run by organic foodies Denise Carter and Jackie Fennell, who feel confident that the breakfasts have set the bar high.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Highlands Pub
2016-05-17

The second visit is to The Highlands Pub in Blackpool, where Mike Hayes and Neal Widdowson are all about value for money. But some north/south snobbery divisions surface at dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The White House
2016-05-18

Tensions are simmering as the guests head to The White House in Brighton run by Sean Edlin and Kathryn Turnbull, and the group have to decide whether they're getting value for money.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Wakes Hall Lodges
2016-05-19

The final visit of the week is to Wakes Hall Lodges near Colchester, where manager Marianne Cammack and housekeeper, Deina Thomas, think the only way is luxe. On arrival Neal and Mike are wowed by the five star self-catering accommodation, complete with hot tubs and lakeside views, but the others think the 'luxury' breakfast hamper is anything but. An afternoon of dog agility proves Marianne's bossiness doesn't work on animals and over dinner her domineering conversation causes Jackie to finally snap. The guests join forces to make breakfast for themselves, but the lack of a chef, and limited ingredients, is not a recipe for success. Come feedback Marianne is unimpressed by some of the scores, and promises to go in all guns blazing to payment day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2016-05-20

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First Denise and Jackie from Newton House can see if high marks translate into high payments. Next, Mike and Neal from The Highlands Pub challenge the comments that they were considered dirty and lacking in facilities. Sean and Kathryn from The White House are left smarting after suffering large underpayments for what they think are minor issues. Finally, Marianne and Deina from Wakes Hall Lodges have to deal with some tough home truths. Tensions mount and grievances are aired before the winner is finally revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Brovey Lair
2016-05-23

More proud B&B owners compete to be named best value for money. The week begins in Norfolk, at Mike and Tina Pemberton's Cuban-inspired Brovey Lair. The fun kicks off with a spicy salsa class, much to the horror of Sam Millidge and Nathan Pearce from The King's Head in Llandovery. Over dinner, Tina and Mike reveal how they gave up a London lifestyle to open their home and restaurant in the country. Following a revelation from Vicky and Ricky Kerrison, who run The Orangery, also in Norfolk, it's clear that Tina's not the only foodie at the table. Next morning, the open plan restaurant and breakfast room causes issues for Richard and Sheryl Middleton from Buzzard House in Herefordshire. And Tina and Mike aren't happy with their feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: The Orangery
2016-05-24

The competition moves on to its second Norfolk B&B of the week: The Orangery, where Ricky and Vicky Kerrison's colourful dress sense belies their fiercely entrepreneurial nature. Their guests get competitive at an outdoor activity centre, where they try to leap from as high as possible on a jumping tower. Perfectionist Richard loses his nerve while young Sam and Nathan race to the top. And Vicky is determined to take them on. At breakfast, Tina and Mike prove hard to please, with Ricky's service and the ingredients coming under fire. Ricky and Vicky are shocked by the feedback they receive, and decide to take a more critical approach to the rest of the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The King's Head
2016-05-25

Twenty-somethings Sam Millidge and Nathan Pearce own The King's Head in Llandovery, Carmarthenshire. Their rooms come in for some tough criticism, especially from Mike and Tina, before the group play a hilarious game of bubble football. Richard and Sheryl take it seriously, while Vicky's gung-ho attitude rears its head again. At dinner the guests want to find out how two youngsters came to be in charge of such a large business, but the atmosphere turns sour for Tina when Sheryl reveals she's a cordon-bleu trained chef. At breakfast, Nathan's cooking falls short and Sam's hosting style leaves a lot to be desired. And the boys are downhearted when their hosting and breakfast receive harsh feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Buzzard House
2016-05-26

Richard and Sheryl Middleton have swapped corporate careers for the B&B world, at Buzzard House in Herefordshire. But tensions between self-taught chef Tina and cordon-bleu trained Sheryl crop up again, and the guests' expectations are high. The B&B has luxuriously appointed rooms, but Sam and Nathan think some of the basics are missing. At a pancake cook-off, the clash of characters between Tina and Sheryl is clear, but at dinner, a different side to Sheryl leads Tina to have a change of heart. After some guests have a broken night's sleep, the heat is on chef Sheryl at breakfast. But some formal service from Richard, and cold, soggy fritters threaten the high scores they're after. And at feedback time, comments about a corporate approach to hosting don't go down well.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2016-05-27

It's the final day of the week's competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time, to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Mike and Tina from Brovey Lair want to discuss Richard and Sheryl's breakfast feedback, while Ricky and Vicky from the Orangery have similar questions for Tina and Mike. Sam and Nathan from The King's Head want to discuss Tina and Mike's comments about their hosting skills, and Richard and Sheryl from Buzzard House would like to find out more about Sam and Nathan's sleeping issues. And once they've all aired their issues, the winners are announced. Repeat broadcasts of this block of 5 episodes have been pulled by Channel 4 due to The King's Head's Nathan Pearce's conviction for offences of sexual activity with a child and possessing 13 indecent images of children.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: The Park Hotel
2016-05-30

The competition starts at The Park Hotel in Gloucestershire where couple Lauren Abraham and Callum Hogg make their bid for the prize, but some robust feedback leaves them wanting answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Sue's B&B
2016-05-31

The second visit is to Sue's B&B in Trowbridge where despite the home from home approach, cracks in the group are starting to show and a communal table has its awkward moments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: The Talbot
2016-06-01

The third visit is to The Talbot in Dorset, where Erika Watt and Ellie Gill's rooms don't live up to first impressions. Come feedback, some of the comments send them into fits of giggles.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: The Old Rectory
2016-06-02

The final visit is to The Old Rectory in Wales, where Cameron Thomas is forced to show more than just his professional side, and the competition heats up with an afternoon of canoe racing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2016-06-05

It's the final day and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. Tensions are in the air and issues are debated before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: The Abertay Guest House
2016-06-06

At The Abertay Guest House near Dundee, owners Kate and Karlos Victor are judged by the toughest critics of all: their peers, leaving them crushed and vowing revenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: The Registry Guest House
2016-06-07

In Aberdeen and The Registry Guest House, simmering tensions cause problems for hosts Bob Calder and Kirsty Laird, and Bob's strict no baked beans policy is put in to action.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: The Albert
2016-06-08

As the guests head to The Albert in Scarborough, hosts Pauline and Mike Hirst have to deal with tensions in a fracturing group, and there's a shock in store for Jules and Jan.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: The Wellwood
2016-06-09

The final visit is to Amble and The Wellwood, owned by chef Jules Tagger and partner Jan Latimer, where a joke leads to accusations of sabotage and the guests have a feeling of déjà vu...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2016-06-10

It's the last day of the competition and tensions run high. Kate and Karlos have some explaining to do but are left in tears. The payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 51: No.33 Hunstanton
2016-06-20

The competition starts at No.33 Hunstanton, where Janie Thompson and Gemma Layfield hope their touch of luxury will help win the day. But some unexpected feedback leaves them smarting.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 52: La Tavola Calda
2016-06-21

The second visit of the week is to La Tavola Calda in Nuneaton where Italian born Mick and Chris Emanuele run their budget B&B, and a George Michael tribute act is the star attraction.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 53: The Lansdowne
2016-06-22

At The Lansdowne in the Cotswolds, hosts Cheryle and Anthony Katz hope their hospitality expertise will charm their way to the top, but a personal attack leaves them fuming...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 54: The Ivybridge
2016-06-23

Tensions are running high in the group as Mark and Jan Rummery welcome their guests to The Ivybridge in Goodwick, Wales, and relationships disintegrate at dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 55: Payment Day
2016-06-24

It's payment day, and the group is close to breaking point as they battle through their issues, with dramatic consequences and an admission of game-playing before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 11 (2016)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Penwinnick House
2016-10-03

The competition kicks off at Penwinnick House in St Austell, Cornwall, which has been run for the last 15 years by lawyer Tim Styles.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Barton Gate Farm
2016-10-04

The second visit is to Barton Gate Farm in Holsworthy, owned by husband and wife team Julian and Paula Francis.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Hawthorn House
2016-10-05

For the third visit the B&Bers head to Hawthorn House in Witney, where 'make do and mend' host Alison Smallman, helped by friend and neighbour Colin Dickenson, hopes her family home B&B wows the crowd.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The White Hart
2016-10-06

Finishing off the competition is The White Hart Hotel in Wells, owned by Tudor Hopkins, who is joined by his deputy manager, Felicity Andrews.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2016-10-07

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Penwinnick House is first and Tim Styles wants to give Julian and Paula a dusting down.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: The Five Bells
2016-10-10

The week begins at The Five Bells near Dover, where manager Shelley Parnell and her competitive mum Linda Yates, hope their bargain priced B&B will win the day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The Thomas Paine Hotel
2016-10-11

The second visit is to The Thomas Paine Hotel in Thetford, where hotelier of 30 years Gez Chetal aims high with his elegant brand of service.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Rose and Crown
2016-10-12

For the third visit, the competition moves to Tenbury Wells and the Rose and Crown, where hosts Chris and Sarah Whitehead hope their industrial factory neighbour won't detract from the charms of their historic pub.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Woodlands Guest House
2016-10-13

The last B&B in the week's competition is Woodlands Guest House in Exmoor, owned by fitness fanatic Lesley Hawker and her husband Steve.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2016-10-14

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. Shelley and Linda from The Five Bells want to question why their feedback for breakfast doesn't add up.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The White Lodge Hotel
2016-10-17

The competition begins in Filey, North Yorkshire, at The White Lodge Hotel, where hosts James and Kim Hodgson hope their love of high standards will win over their guests

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Crystals on The Prom
2016-10-17

Amanda Lucia-Charley and her friend Alan Talbot invite the other hoteliers to sample the delights of Crystals on The Prom in Blackpool, where Alan introduces his alter-ego, Ada.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Old Red Lion
2016-10-19

The third visit is to the Old Red Lion in Upper Poppleton, North Yorkshire, where pair Mark and Jean Lee hope their plain and simple pub B&B will impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Camp Katur
2016-10-20

Finishing off the competition is glamping site Camp Katur in Kirklington, where Kerry Roy and Nicola Wilding hope to wow the guests with their unique 'geodomes' and see-through pods. As the guests arrive in soggy Yorkshire, Jean and Mark are horrified by their accommodation and Alan and Amanda fail to find the glamour in camping. Competition is rife during an afternoon racing on an assault course, and at dinner, the guests are surprised when they learn more about their hosts. Next morning, tensions are near breaking point as Mark's sausage obsession irritates Amanda and Alan, and at feedback Kerry and Nicola have to face the tough reality of their comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2016-10-21

It's the final day of the competition and the rival B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and confront their critics. With the first hosts leaving the competition, Crystals on the Prom is first to come under scrutiny and hosts Amanda Lucia-Charley and Alan Talbot take a bashing over the quality of their breakfast. Next, Mark and Jean Lee from The Red Lion Country Inn don't like what their guests have to say about their practical room decor. The final hosts of the week, Kerry Roy and Nicola Wilding from Camp Katur, want answers from their guests regarding their poor facilities feedback. Home truths are shared and criticism is dished out before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Miners Arms
2016-10-24

The first visit of the week is to the Miners Arms in Nenthead, Cumbria, where sisters Alison Baker and Lynda Clark hope to impress their guests with their eco credentials. On arrival, fellow publicans and brothers Andrew and James Widdas, who run The Rose and Crown near Bolton, have to face their fear of shared bathrooms. The group get crafty by upcycling old rubbish, allowing Nigel and Pok U Regan from The Bingham Townhouse in Nottinghamshire to show off some hidden talents. At dinner, Kev Argent and Tor Johnson, who run Float by Boat relaxation breaks from a narrowboat near Rugby, realise there's stiff competition with their fellow greenies. But Alison and Lynda face some tough feedback over facilities.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Rose and Crown
2016-10-12

Brothers Andrew and James Widdas run the Rose and Crown in Edgworth, near Bolton. Their dream is to provide boutique on a budget, but they only have eight months of experience, and B&B veterans Alison and Lynda are quick to find fault. During an afternoon of decorating gingerbread houses, Pok U and Nigel are accused of trying to bribe the hosts, and as the concept of boutique is shot down over dinner, simmering tensions threaten to boil over. In the morning, Kev and Tor wonder whether anyone can challenge professional chef Andrew's breakfast spread, but Andrew and James struggle with some of their feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Bingham Townhouse
2016-10-26

Nigel and Pok U Regan cultivate an east-meets-west atmosphere at their B&B and Cantonese restaurant, the Bingham Townhouse in Nottinghamshire. Their guests aren't all happy when they arrive, with Andrew and James unsure about sleeping in single beds. Later, Kev and Tor's focus and meditation skills are tested when the group are challenged with an archery competition. Alison and Lynda are staggered when they find out that Nigel bought the B&B on a whim, and have a bad taste in their mouths when he calls them 'sweet and sour'. At breakfast, Nigel struggles to run a smooth service, and Andrew and James' lack of sleep results in some disappointing feedback for Nigel and Pok U.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Float by Boat
2016-10-27

At Float by Boat, near Rugby, partners Kev Argent and Tor Johnson run mediation and mindfulness breaks from their narrowboat, Spirited Away. Alison and Lynda aren't keen on the tiny shared bathroom, tight space and curtained-off bunks, and Andrew and James fret over communal living. There's tension following Nigel and Pok U's feedback, so Kev and Tor have their work cut out trying to unite their shipmates with group meditation. At breakfast, questions are raised over the confused branding, and at feedback time the facilities scores from the whole group leave Kev and Tor speechless.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2016-10-28

There are accusations of tactics, polyester bedding feedback controversy, tension, tears and tough words as the B&B owners meet to find out what they've been paid.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Farmyard Inn
2016-10-31

The competition kicks off at The Farmyard Inn in The Peak District, where Susan Day and best friend Andrea Scott struggle to deal with their harsh feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Stoneleigh B&B
2016-11-01

The second visit is to Stoneleigh B&B in Trowbridge, where ex teachers Meg and Andy's family home is put under the microscope, and things take a bitter turn at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Falcon Hotel
2016-11-02

The guests head to The Falcon Hotel in Whittlesey, Peterborough. Hosts Colin and Michelle Wilson hope their no-frills pub will impress, but draw the battle lines when it comes to feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Grimscote Manor Hotel
2016-11-03

The guests head to Grimscote Manor Hotel in Birmingham, Gill Etheridge and Steve Cuddy, who aim for elegant sophistication but have to deal with tensions in a fracturing group.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2016-11-04

It's the payment day and accusations fly. There are storm outs, arguments and tension before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: The Cholmeley Arms
2016-11-07

The competition kicks off at The Cholmeley Arms in Burton-le-Coggles, Lincolnshire, run by chef John Berry and his wife Lesley. During a sausage-making competition, Hilary and Stacey from Tarr Farm start as they mean to go on and show their competitive side. At dinner, Lesley reveals John's stroppy streak and Joe and Louise up the ante for the next visit. The guests are blown away by breakfast but some of the feedback leaves Lesley and Steve wanting answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Islington Mill B&B
2016-11-08

The second visit is to Islington Mill B&B in Salford, where Joe Woodcock and Louise Spencer have an alternative hosting style as their drag alter egos: Joyce De Vision and Trish Dee. After the initial shock wears off, Hilary and Stacey are unimpressed to find they're in bunk beds, and John and Lesley are nonplussed by their loo's glass wall. At breakfast Peter's left scratching his head by the alternative, menu-less approach to the vegan food. And Joe and Louise receive some tough feedback but are determined to look on the bright side.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Pebbles B&B
2016-11-09

The third visit this week is to Pebbles B&B in Seaton, Devon, where host Peter Morris opened his family home to guests eight months ago. On arrival things get hairy for Hilary and Stacey, and Joe and Louise struggle with the idea of no en-suite. Despite Peter's breakfast award, not all the guests are impressed by his culinary offering. Things get serious at feedback, where Peter has to face up to some home truths.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Tarr Farm Inn
2016-11-10

The last visit of the week is to the Tarr Farm Inn on Exmoor, where Hilary Lester rules the roost with assistant manager Stacey Wade. Although the atmosphere is relaxed, the hosts are far from laid back when it comes to standards at the five-star B&B. Although most of the guests are impressed, Peter is on the warpath following his feedback. Hilary and Stacey are delighted by the feedback they get from John and Lesley but when it comes to Peter they suspect game playing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2016-11-11

It's the last day of the competition and there's tension in the air, as the payments are revealed and the winner announced. Cholmeley Arms hosts John and Lesley want to get to the bottom of Peter's comments. Islington Mill B&B hosts Joe and Louise don't stand for any messing about when it comes to gripes with their breakfast. Peter from Pebbles B&B has many axes to grind, and Hilary and Stacey from Tarr Farm Inn are at a loss with Peter's comments. After some surprising payments and plenty of friction, the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Acqua Beach
2016-11-14

The first visit is to Acqua Beach in Weymouth, where Charlotte Weaver and best friend Lucy Falkingham hope their quirky design and decor makes them stand out from the crowd.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Langmead Guest House
2016-11-15

The second visit of the competition is to Langmead Guest House in Ramsgate, where owners Derek and Lynne Love are all about keeping it simple.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Big Green Bus
2016-11-16

The third visit is to The Big Green Bus in Lewes, where carpenter Adam Collier-Woods and his girlfriend Susan Lerski run an unconventional B&B on a converted double decker bus.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: The Pheasant
2016-11-17

The last visit of the week is to The Pheasant in Brill, where professional chef Stephen Orr hopes his top level place will win the day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2016-11-18

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the final time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First Charlotte and Lucy from Acqua Beach want to find out why Stephen wouldn't return.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Bridge Hotel
2016-11-21

Four B&B owners do battle to be named best value for money. The first visit is to the Bridge Hotel in Scunthorpe with new owners Martin and Hannah Weaver. On arrival, Rob and Michelle Earp from Seashells B&B in Sutton-on-Sea find a condom by the entrance, and Clare Davies and Fran Hancock from The New Court Hotel in Usk have concerns over interior cleanliness. Tom Jones and Samara Cohen from The Crown at Whitchurch judge the rooms to be little more than functional. Martin and Hannah try to impress at breakfast by introducing the group to their pet pig, but issues with the eggs has Fran making no 'yolk' of the matter. Come feedback, some harsh scores leave Martin and Hannah disappointed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Seashells B&B
2016-11-22

The second visit is to Seashells B&B in Sutton-on-Sea, where owners Michelle and Rob Earp hope their simple B&B with an animal twist will win the day. But following their criticism of the Bridge Hotel, Martin and Hannah give their room a thorough going over and find all manner of issues. Breakfast sees things take a downward turn as the self-service buffet is met with some tough criticism. At feedback Rob and Michelle are angered by the comments and are left wanting answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Crown at Whitchurch
2016-11-23

The third visit of the week is to The Crown at Whitchurch in Herefordshire, where ex-army man Tom Jones runs the pub B&B with his step-daughter Samara Cohen. Initial impressions are good as Martin and Hannah struggle to find fault and Clare and Fran feel like queens. But, still smarting following their feedback, Rob and Michelle have a fair few gripes. During an afternoon racing an army-style assault course the competitiveness within the group is clear, but it is at breakfast when relationships within the group are most strained.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The New Court Hotel
2016-11-24

The final visit is to The New Court Hotel in Usk, where manager Clare Davies is joined in the competition by the pub owner's mother, Fran Hancock. On arrival, Tom and Samara are impressed, but Martin and Hannah find lots of cleanliness issues. At dinner, there are tensions as the group discuss who would take which role if they were to run a B&B together. Breakfast is cooked by Clare, but peppery eggs and missing mushrooms cause concern. Thoughts turn to tactics as accusations are made that some may be looking for any excuse criticise on the feedback form.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2016-11-25

It's the final day of the competition, and the B&B owners meet to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores after being offended by some of the feedback they've received. There are arguments, tensions, drama and intrigue as they all discover their payments before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: The Admiral Hotel
2016-11-28

The competition kicks off at The Admiral Hotel in central London, run by owner So Shaw and hotel manager Kevin Jankunis. On arrival, Chris Foster and his German companion Christel Richter are floored by the London prices, and Ursula Beswick and Daria Pakalnicka question the quality of the facilities. Despite So and Kevin's best efforts to charm their guests, a dinner conversation leaves Kris Malde and Vikki Cheatham making accusations of sexism. Come feedback time, So and Kevin are outraged by some of their comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: The Redstone
2016-11-29

The second visit of the week is to The Redstone in Blackpool, where high-end hotelier Ursula Beswick and manager Daria Pakalnicka hope their luxury guest house will win the day. On arrival, Chris and Christel are impressed but find an unexpected surprise lurking on their tea tray. During an afternoon of cake decorating, the mood quickly turns sour as So and Kevin let Kris and Vikki know exactly what they think of them. The atmosphere worsens at dinner, and when So doesn't even turn up at breakfast the other guests question how seriously he is taking the competition. Come feedback time, Daria and Ursula are left disappointed not to achieve top scores across the board.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: Ann's Farmhouse
2016-11-30

The competition continues at Ann's Farmhouse in Thornton, Yorkshire, owned by Chris Foster, who's assisted by his good friend, Christel Richter. Farmer Chris's family home is full of furniture inherited from his parents, and Kris and Vikki think they have stepped back in time when they see the room, while Ursula and Daria comment that it's like staying at Nan and Grandad's house. The tensions running between So and Kevin and Kris and Vikki are never far from the surface, and during an afternoon competing in an egg and spoon race So finds himself in a sticky situation. Come breakfast, Chris's traditional offering impresses, and despite some negative feedback the hosts feel they are in pole position to win the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: The R Inn
2016-12-01

The final visit is to The R Inn in Desborough, owned by Kris Malde, who's helped out by events manager Vikki Cheetham. Business entrepreneur Kris opened the hotel 18 months ago to add corporate-style rooms for his events space next door. On arrival, Ursula and Daria think the facilities are lacking, and during a conversation at dinner the simmering tensions between So and Kevin and Kris and Vikki finally boil over, resulting in So refusing to stay the night. Breakfast sees Chris and Christel rejecting the coffee, and at feedback the hosts are faced with some tough comments and scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2016-12-02

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Bones of contention include a missing biscuit, marks on a toilet seat and why one guest refused to stay the night. There are harsh words and home truths before the overall winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Stockton Mill B&B
2016-12-05

The first visit of the week is to Stockton Mill B&B in Shropshire, where Stephen and Caroline Cox hope to provide a home from home for their guests. Upon arrival, Gemma Walsham and Stacey Dyche are no fans of the set-up, and Ged Sharrocks and Suzanne Law are surprised to find themselves separated from the others in a self-catering holiday let. At breakfast Kevin Patel reveals his devious streak, which sets some on edge, and Caroline and Stephen react emotionally to the feedback they're given.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Duxford Lodge
2016-12-06

The second visit is to Duxford Lodge in Cambridgeshire, run by ex-phone salesman Kevin Patel. He's hoping to turn his family-owned hotel into a 1940s inspired B&B. On arrival, Stacey and Gemma's first impression is that it looks like a nursing home, while Ged and Suzanne notice a lack of attention to detail. In Caroline and Stephen's room a loose tile causes concern. During an afternoon of baking, Ged announces he's been a chef for 25 years - a boast that leads to him having egg on his face. At breakfast the service is far from smooth, and after some serious errors Kevin has to face stiff criticism at feedback. He is stunned by the comments, saying there will be no more Mr Nice Guy.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: The Riverside House Hotel
2016-12-07

The third visit is to The Riverside House Hotel in Mildenhall, where experienced hoteliers Ged Sharrocks and Suzanne Law offer a full hotel experience helped by their staff. Upon arrival, Kevin is still fuming after receiving his feedback, and rejects Suzanne's welcome. While the other B&Bers are impressed by their rooms, Kevin decides to leave his mark in his. The guests' head for heights is put to the test by an afternoon team-building exercise where Stacey and Gemma's competitive streak is revealed and Caroline and Stephen are not above a spot of cheating. Tensions are still high at dinner when Kevin gives the hosts a relentless grilling which very nearly turns nasty. At breakfast, the mood appears to have lightened - that is until the feedback is received.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: The Gate Hangs High
2016-12-08

Last to host are Stacey Walsham and Gemma Dyche from The Gate Hangs High in Hook Norton, Oxfordshire, where they hope their dog-friendly accommodation will go down a treat. Despite the simple rooms, most of the guests are impressed, but Kevin is determined to find fault, and succeeds. During an afternoon of playing an old fashioned pub game the tension between some of the group is palpable and everyone is on edge. Stacey is put to the test at breakfast when she has to cope with multiple egg orders, but with doggy issues at the table there are bigger things to worry about. Come feedback the girls are left to face some tough comments and scores which have them worried ahead of Payment Day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2016-12-09

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners gather for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Caroline and Stephen are keen to hear Stacey's reasons for not wanting to return to their 'home-from-home' B&B, Kevin wants to get to the bottom of why Ged and Suzanne gave him such low marks for cleanliness, and Ged and Suzanne want to understand why they were marked down for facilities by Kevin, who also left graffiti on the wall at The Riverside House Hotel. Finally, Stacey and Gemma want to address the disappointing comments they had for their breakfast. Things get heated as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 12 (2017)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Llwyn Onn Guest House
2017-05-01

This week's competition starts in Betws-y-coed, North Wales, where at Llwyn Onn Guest House, bikers Wayne and Tracy Dunn hope their no-nonsense attitude will win the competition

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Parkwood Hotel
2017-05-02

The second visit is to The Parkwood Hotel in Stockton on Tees, where newlywed managers Jon and Chelli Bean are all about making things perfect for pooches. But is gameplay afoot?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: The Pug and Greyhound
2017-05-03

The third visit is to Great Glen in Leicestershire and The Pug and Greyhound, where Nicola Ellershaw and her colleague Mackenzie Griffey hope their super-stylish accommodation will dazzle

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Solar Strand Hotel
2017-05-04

The final visit is to The Solar Strand Hotel in Crosskeys, Wales, where former IT consultant Gary Pesticcio and his daughter Naomi hope their high-tech B&B will power them to victory

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2017-05-05

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet for the last time. The atmosphere turns sour and some tough words are spoken before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Hope Mountain
2017-05-08

The competition kicks off at Hope Mountain in North Wales, where Rob and Jo Smith hope their dog-friendly B&B will win the day. But tough scores at feedback leave them ready to fight back.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The Beaumont Hotel
2017-05-09

The second visit is to The Beaumont Hotel in Louth, near Lincoln, where managers and best friends, Steffi Stevenson and Sarah Banks, pride themselves on being the 'queens of clean'. The guests are expecting the rooms to be spotless but on arrival Jo and Rob are still smarting from the feedback at theirs and go through things with a fine tooth comb. A jolly atmosphere during an ironing challenge starts to disintegrate at dinner, and next morning, Fernando and Emilio, are damning about the breakfast quality and a self-service approach is too much for Denise and Alan to take. Come feedback it's Jo and Rob's comments that needle the hosts, leading to accusations of tit for tat scoring.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Rock House Hotel
2017-05-10

The third visit of the week is to Rock House Hotel in Lynmouth, Devon, where owner Emilio Tundidor is assisted by his identical twin brother Fernando. As the rivals settle in, 'queens of clean', Sarah and Steffi make a hairy discovery on their bedroom floor. Alan and Denise find the beds at Rock House rock hard, leading to a terrible night's sleep, but the problems don't end there. With Fernando donning the waiter's apron for the first time in 20 years, at breakfast orders are incorrect and drinks delayed, as breakfast becomes a catalogue of errors. At feedback, proud owner Emilio doesn't take too kindly to how his rivals have scored his establishment, vowing revenge on the next visit

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Troy House
2017-05-11

The final visit is to Troy House in Painswick, where owners Alan and Denise Newman hope their guests will fall in love with their rooms. After receiving low scores, twins Emilio and Fernando are on the warpath, determined not to let any fault go unnoticed. Simmering tensions are revealed during a sign-making challenge, and while an emotional dinner sees some of the group reconciled, for others the battle lines are clearly drawn. Having to pre-order breakfast isn't to everybody's taste, and at feedback Alan and Denise are left reeling by one couple's comments about their facilities

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2017-05-12

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. First, Rob and Jo Smith from Hope Mountain B&B in North Wales, find themselves in a hairy situation. It's a case of tit for tat revenge allegations when Steffi Stephenson and Sarah Banks from The Beaumont Hotel in Louth, have to defend their low cleaning scores. Things get messy when identical twins, Emilio and Fernando Tundidor from Rock House Hotel in Devon, suspect sabotage and accusations of foul play fly. Final hosts Alan and Denise Newman from Troy House in Painswick have a burning issue they want to park with Jo and Rob, and things turn nasty. Tensions are high and home truths are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Meudon Hotel
2017-05-15

The first visit is to Falmouth in Cornwall, where Gaye Woods, owner of Meudon Hotel, hopes her family-run hotel will win the day. On arrival, Tim and Mikey from The Royal Oak in Malborough, Devon, find the twin beds too close for comfort. During an afternoon shucking oysters, couple Joan and Geoff from The Compton Swan in Newbury have a close eye on the competition. When Gaye explains at dinner why her room rates are so high some of the group are left unconvinced but it's at breakfast when Sue and Chris from Angel Guest House in Tiverton reveals a picky streak. But it's at feedback when Gaye has to face up to some home truths and is left wanting answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The Royal Oak
2017-05-16

The second visit is to Marlborough in Devon and The Royal Oak pub, run by laid-back owner Tim Heap who's helped out by his barman, Mikey Martindale. On arrival, the basic rooms are a hit for some but the cleanliness is questioned when Geoff and Joan discover a mucky corner cupboard. Tim and Mikey take the group to an art workshop for some creative fun where Chris and Sue reveal a hidden competitive streak. Come dinner the guests are itching to know more about Tim's past and he doesn't disappoint, but he is riled when Gaye calls his unconventional management style in to question. Following some unwanted extras at breakfast, feedback is tough, which leaves Tim suspecting there's been some unnecessary tactics.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Angel Guest House
2017-05-17

The third visit is in Tiverton in Devon and The Angel Guest House, where owners Chris and Sue Holliday have created a homespun experience. On arrival, Gaye is concerned by the noise of the road outside and Joan and Geoff question some design choices in the room. During an afternoon playing a local game known as 'Throw the Egg', the group rumble how competitive the hosts are which raises a few eyebrows. At dinner, Tim who is travelling solo today, is full of enthusiasm resulting in an unexpected gift. Egg connoisseur Chris's poached eggs are put to the test at breakfast, but it's at feedback where one guest's comments cause concern.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: The Compton Swan
2017-05-18

The fourth visit is to Newbury in Berkshire and The Compton Swan, owned by Irish business brains Geoff Jones and Joan McGowan. Expectations are high after Joan revealed she was named Ireland's Business Woman of the Year on the last visit but, still smarting from his feedback, Tim goes to town in his room. Tensions are mounting during an afternoon on an inflatable racecourse where competitive couple Chris and Sue try to sabotage the race. Keen to pull out all the stops, Geoff and Joan impress with a harpist at dinner and hearts are softened when they reveal the personal sacrifices they have to make for their business. Come breakfast Geoff the chef doesn't fail to impress but egg-man Chris takes issues with his food. But it's at feedback where low scores don't go down well.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2017-05-19

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Meudon Hotel is first, and host Gaye wants to iron out Joan and Geoff's comments but it's the payments that reveal how her guests really valued her high end hotel. Next, Tim from the Royal Oak is left apologising after what Joan and Geoff had to say about breakfast. As the third hosts of the week, Chris and Sue from Angel Guest House want Gaye to do some explaining. When it comes to The Compton Swan, the atmosphere turns bad as accusations of unfair scoring and revenge feedback start to fly. There are tensions in the air and tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Hotel Commadore
2017-05-22

The competition starts at Hotel Commodore in Wales, where chef Rohan Murdock and his wife Andrea hope their experience on cruise ships and love of luxury will win the day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Halebarns House
2017-05-23

The second visit is to B&B Halebarns House in Manchester, where owner Adam Saleem plans to wow his guests with a mix of healthy living and high-tech facilities. But are his prices too high?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Ardingly Inn
2017-05-24

At Ardingly Inn in West Sussex, straight-talking husband and wife duo Steve and Karen Marvel hope their family country pub will win over their rivals, but their feedback leaves them fuming

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Ware Hall
2017-05-25

At 600-year-old Ware Hall in Norfolk, Christine Adams is joined by partner Terry Kane. The guests each react differently to the cobwebs and clutter, but it's fastidious Adam who's won over

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2017-05-26

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. There are tears, tantrums and bitter rebukes as the payments are revealed...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Brighton Surf Hotel
2017-05-29

This week's competition starts at the Brighton Surf Hotel, where hosts Jeremy Mann and his Russian wife Elena hope their hands-off hosting style will win the day. On arrival, Jan Fisher and husband Les, from the Fleur de Lis in Sandwich, are dismayed to find a complimentary snack tray in lieu of breakfast. At dinner, Robert Gray, from Number 16 in Greenwich, questions the décor in his room and, next morning, the guests join him on the bed to compare notes about the lack of breakfast. But at feedback time, Jeremy and Elena are left crushed by Robert's low score for hosting and contemplating revenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Number 16
2017-05-30

The second visit is to Number 16, in Greenwich, London, owned by actor and antiques dealer, Robert Gray. Jan and Les find the dusty decor off-putting and Sarah laments the size of her room and its busy wallpaper. At dinner Robert reveals his showbiz background, declaring that at breakfast 'my kitchen's my stage'. In the morning, Robert styles out his many mistakes so the group are charmed by his hosting, even Jeremy. But at feedback Robert takes exception to one set of scores and is convinced it's deliberate game playing, leaving him vowing revenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Fleur de Lis
2017-05-31

The third visit is to Sandwich in Kent and the Fleur de Lis, where hosts Jan and Les Fisher are convinced their traditional place will impress. Sarah and Tiggy are hoping for a relaxed atmosphere, but as Robert arrives he is bent on revenge. At dinner, Robert shocks the group when he is rude about the décor. In the morning, Robert deliberately tries to provoke the hosts by ordering two breakfasts but Jan is unflappable. Sarah confronts Robert, worried about how he'll behave when she hosts on the next visit. Jan is shocked to receive very low scores from Robert and is convinced he's game playing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Barn
2017-06-01

The week's last visit is to The Barn at Dale End House near Matlock in the Peak District, owned by Sarah Summers. After confronting Robert at breakfast on the last visit, Sarah is dreading his arrival, but all the guests are bowled over by Sarah's establishment and Jeremy and Elena are surprised at how organized and professional she is. At dinner Robert is full of praise for Sarah, but she is unsure know how to take it. And come feedback, the overwhelmingly positive comments leave Sarah in pieces, uncertain whether Robert is being serious or just playing another game and intending to underpay on payment day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2017-06-02

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Brighton Surf Hotel is first up and hosts Jeremy and Elena Mann want to defend their no-breakfast remote-hosting concept. Next, actor Robert Gray from Number 16 in Greenwich takes exception to criticism of his décor and cleaning but is moved to tears by his payments. The third hosts of the week, Jan Fisher and husband Les, angrily confront Robert over his harsh criticism of the décor in his room. There are more tears when Sarah Summers and Tiggy Peat from The Barn at Dale End House receive their feedback but Jan accuses Robert of play-acting. There are tensions and tears as tough words are spoken before the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Chimneys B&B
2017-06-05

The competition starts at Chimneys B&B in Holbrook, Suffolk, where owner Carolyn Spilling, joined by friend Delia Duell, hopes her up-tempo personality will be a hit with the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Copperfields Guest House
2017-06-06

The second visit of the week is to Copperfields Guest House in Broadstairs, Kent, where owners Neale and Julie Taylor hope their exclusively vegetarian B&B will stand out from the crowd.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The George and Abbotsford
2017-06-07

For the third visit this week the group head to The George and Abbotsford in Melrose, Scotland where host Andrea Gardner and front of house manager John Marr pull out all the stops.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Massimo's
2017-06-08

The final visit is to Massimo's in Seaham, County Durham, where Italian chef, Massimo Perrulli, is joined by his cousin Raf on front of house. Emotions run riot as things come to a head.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2017-06-09

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Chimneys B&B is up first and host Carolyn and her friend Delia want some home truths from Massimo and Raf. Next, Neale and Julie from Copperfields Guest House want to pull Andrea and John up on their low scores and questions are raised over tactics. Visit three was to The George and Abbotsford, where hosts Andrea and John want a meaty discussion with vegetarians, Julie and Neale. And Massimo and Raf, from Massimo's, think games have been played and it's an all-out noise war. There's fighting talk and low blows as the payments are revealed before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: The Shoes
2017-06-12

The competition starts at The Shoes, Durham, where landlord Billy Gowland and partner Debbie Nelson hope their footwear-themed pub B&B is the right fit for their guests. When challenged to create a unique piece of shoe art, Annie Larner and James Moffat from Biggin Hall Hotel in Derbyshire show their secret artistic streaks. Charles and Lisa Hooper, owners of glamp-site Forest Garden Shovelstrode in East Grinstead, have some honest advice after swapping ethnic yurts for budget rooms. Over dinner mother and son team, Fiona and James Milligan from the Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant in Bournemouth, are confused by Annie and James' eccentric conversation. But come feedback there's a surprise in store when one of the couples decides that The Shoes don't fit!

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Biggin Hall Hotel
2017-06-13

The second visit is to Biggin Hall Hotel in Derbyshire, where owner James Moffat and partner Annie Larner hope the B&Bers will fall for the rural charm of their 17th-century farmhouse. But city dwelling landlords Billy and Debbie decide that the Peak District setting is more bleak than beautiful. Forest glampers Charles and Lisa couldn't feel more at home in their historic wood-panelled room but for Fiona and James it's a décor disaster. The group are pitted against each other during an afternoon of dry stone wall building, but there's discontent that ex-brickie Billy has an unfair advantage. Breakfast is a buffet affair and the absent hosts get a shock when the group don't hold back on their gripes.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: yurt glamp-site
2017-06-14

For the third visit the group head to yurt glamp-site, Forest Garden Shovelstrode in East Sussex, where hosts Charles and Lisa Hooper hope the B&Bers buy into their woodland retreat. Having camped in Mongolia and Nepal, Annie and James are completely in their element in contrast to Fiona and James who are only happy when they have all the mod cons. Charles runs a group woodwork class, but there are accusations of cheating among the pairs. Over dinner Charles and Lisa are interrogated by James over their premium price tag and are left having to justify their business model. In the morning, James has extra cause for complaint after a cold and damp night in his yurt, and a sceptical Billy and Debbie question the extra breakfast charge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: The Derby Manor Hotel
2017-06-15

The final visit is to The Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant run by mother and son team Fiona and James Milligan who opened their doors eight months ago after a million pound refurbishment. With a red carpet on arrival and over 6000 hand glued diamante studs on the walls, the décor instantly gets tongues wagging, but some guests have a muted reaction comparing it to Dubai. The group get a taste of life in the fast lane when James lets them take the hotel's fleet of premium hire cars out for a spin and later, during a remote control car race, there is some unexpected behaviour from one of the guests. Fiona and James are confidently expecting high scores at feedback but have to confront the fact that not all the group are keen to return.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2017-06-16

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. The Shoes is up first and hosts Billy Gowland and his partner Debbie Nelson find out if their budget rooms have proved too basic for the group. Next, James Moffat and his partner Annie Larner from Biggin Hall Hotel want to clear up their issues with Billy and Debbie. As the third hosts, Charles and Lisa Hooper from yurt glamp-site Forest Garden Shovelstrode confront their low scores from James. When it comes to final hosts, Fiona and James from the Derby Manor Hotel and Restaurant make accusations of nitpicking and double standards. Tensions are high and home truths are spoken before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: The Water's Edge Guest House
2017-06-19

The competition starts in Stratford upon Avon at The Water's Edge Guest House where owner Julie Allison and friend Gerry Crabtree hope their luxurious approach will win the day. On arrival, Ross Williams and Kath Caple, who run the Kilpeck Inn in Herefordshire, are immediately shocked by the themed rooms. During an afternoon canoe racing on the river, Gill and Mick Jennings from The Ivanhoe in Bridlington are left sinking. At breakfast, tensions mount as Michael Crane and Jai Bennison from The Fox Inn in Guisborough think one competitor's criticism is unreasonable.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Kilpeck Inn
2017-06-20

The second visit is to the Kilpeck Inn in Herefordshire where head chef Ross Williams and front of house manager Kath Capel consider no detail too small. Following their feedback, previous hosts Julie and Gerry have an axe to grind; lovers of all things clean, Mick and Gill, find their room less than impressive; and the dead flies in Michael and Jai's room leave them dropping marks. At dinner tensions mount as Ross and Kath are given a grilling, but it's Julie's off-menu ordering at breakfast that sends the hosts into a spin. Come feedback, Ross and Kath are shocked by some of their scores and think that one guest in particular was out for revenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Fox Inn
2017-06-21

The third stop is The Fox Inn in Guisborough, North Yorkshire, where young hosts Michael Crane and Jai Bennison are determined to impress their guests with their straight-forward northern B&B. On arrival, fellow Yorkshire couple, Mick and Gill, are impressed by the cleanliness and price, and Julie and Gerry flip a coin to see who gets the double bed. The group compete in a sumo wrestling match and an eager Michael is determined to be top dog. At breakfast, Michael's keen to impress but a serious blunder could cost him the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Ivanhoe Guest House
2017-06-22

The final visit is to Ivanhoe Guest House in Bridlington where Mick and Gill Jennings think their plain and simple approach will win the day. They pride themselves on cleanliness and are prepared to be put to the test, but following their tough criticism Michael is quick to find dust. During an afternoon racing to make ice creams, Ross and Kath reveal their competitive streak but it's Julie and Gerry who get more than they bargained for. At dinner, tensions simmer between Mick and Michael and come breakfast Michael makes some serious allegations about the food.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2017-06-23

It's the final day in the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. The Water's Edge is first and host Julie wants answers from Ross following his breakfast comments. Next, Ross and Kath from The Kilpeck Inn confront Julie and Gerry's low hosting score, and accusations of tit-for-tat game playing start to fly. Third are Michael and Jai from The Fox Inn, where they have some explaining to do about their breakfast. When it comes to Ivanhoe Guest House, Mick and Gill want an explanation from Michael over his allegations of lying. There's tension in the air and tough words at the table before the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: The Poacher Inn
2017-06-26

The competition starts in Hampshire, at The Poacher Inn, where manager Nadia Schicci hopes her Italian directness and business approach will win the day. But she feels the burn at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: The Forest Country House
2017-06-27

The second visit is to The Forest Country House in Powys, Wales, where owner Paul Martin, joined by best friend and neighbour, Jayne Kirk, hopes his luxury B&B will impress his guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: Langside Bed and Breakfast
2017-06-28

For the third visit the group head to Langside Bed and Breakfast in Fenwick, Scotland, where high rolling, super clean hosts Debbie and Jim hope their business will wow the crowd.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: The Tushielaw Inn
2017-06-29

The final visit is to the historic The Tushielaw Inn in Selkirk, Scotland, opened by Rab and Gail Forbes six months ago. Gail and Rab try to build bridges, but things take a downward turn.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2017-06-30

t's the final day and the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Tough words are spoken before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Rooms 36
2017-07-03

Rooms 36 in The Lake District, owned by health-conscious Andy Peters, who's joined by his friend, fellow B&B owner Jeronime Palmer. During an afternoon of rock climbing, competitive guest Stephen Montgomery reveals his true colours. At breakfast Andy's healthy options and expensive taste in furniture fail to get the reaction he was hoping for, and when he gets his feedback he realises the benchmark for judging is set high.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Red Lion Coaching Inn
2017-07-04

Mother and son team Trish and Connor Richardson host, at the Red Lion Coaching Inn near Gainsborough. Although initial impressions are good, Julie and James aren't impressed by the dated bathrooms, and the mattresses fall short for luxury lovers Andy and Jeronime. In the afternoon the hosts try to impress with home-made beauty treatments but some of the guests are left with egg on their face. In the morning Jan and Stephen aren't happy to be woken early by a lawnmower, and at breakfast Jeronime shocks the group by bringing her own food to the table.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: Schiehallion Hotel
2017-07-05

Julie Dunbar and James Graham host at the Schiehallion Hotel in Aberfeldy. Their guests are impressed by their rooms but once again luxury lovers Andy and Jeronime want more from their beds. Julie and James surprise their guests with some holiday-camp-style entertainment and James comes into his own as a game show host, but competitive streaks are revealed. At breakfast, a mix-up in the kitchen triggers a potential nut allergy but Julie's professional manner takes control, leaving the guests with a dilemma at feedback time. And when James and Julie get their comments they suspect game playing, and they want answers

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Townhead Hotel
2017-07-06

The last visit of the week is to Townhead Hotel in Lockerbie, owned by Stephen Montgomery, who's joined by his partner Jan Livingstone. The high level of finish in the rooms surprises all the guests but Andy and Jeronime worry that they may be disturbed by the car wash outside the window. During an afternoon playing curling, relationships are frosty and the tensions in the group are not far from the surface. In the morning, Andy's not in a good mood following a disturbed night's sleep with the garage next door, and his feedback makes Stephen and Jan think he's telling fibs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2017-07-07

On the final day of the competition the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Andy and Jeronime from Rooms 36 want to find out why their luxury B&B didn't hit the mark. Trish and Connor from The Red Lion Coaching Inn want to get to the bottom of their feedback. Julie and James from Schiehallion Hotel are geared up for a showdown over their hosting criticism. And Stephen and Jan from Townhead Hotel want to settle some scores with their guests. Accusations fly and there's tension in the air as the payments are revealed and ultimately the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 13 (2017)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Copper Beech House
2017-10-09

This brand new competition kicks off in Malvern, Worcestershire and Copper Beech House where retired pro-rugby player Steve Lloyd and partner Kathy Leather run their own B&B. John and Della McGinn from Dog in a Doublet, Peterborough are wowed by the décor, but reaction to the bathroom from Phil and Sharon Hobson from Torcroft Boutique B&B is less favourable. During an afternoon rugby training session, it's Mark Price, who along with wife Lowrie, from Rhydspence Inn, Herefordshire who surprise the rest of the B&Bers. Breakfast for Steve is eggs-acting as foodie John puts him to the test, but its Phil's questioning as to the quality of the bangers at feedback that Steve and Kathy find hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Dog in a Doublet
2017-10-10

The second visit is to the pet friendly Dog in a Doublet - pub and restaurant in Peterborough where Della McGinn's passion for animals comes a close second to husband John's passion for food. Upon arrival, Phil and Sharon from the Torcroft Boutique B&B find something unusual at the bottom of their loo. An afternoon spent helping out at the small holding sees Lowrie from Rhydspence Inn bond with Gordon the pig, while Kathy from Copper Beech House overcomes her fear of horses. Come morning, not all the guests are bright and breezy so at breakfast pro chef John attempts to make amends, but it's Phil and Sharon's feedback that leaves the hosts suspicious of game playing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Torcroft Boutique
2017-10-11

For the third visit of the week, the B&Bers head to the Torcroft Boutique B&B in Torquay, south Devon, where Europhiles Phil and Sharon Hobson hope their added extras will win over their rivals. Still smarting from their feedback, John and Della have packed an agenda and are determined to give the Torcroft the same treatment they received as hosts. An afternoon spent sailing blows away the tension but come breakfast the gloves are off and Phil takes a battering. At feedback, with guests questioning the value for money, Phil and Sharon are left bemused and suspect retribution is at hand.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Rhydspence Inn
2017-10-12

The final visit is to the 600 year old Rhydspence Inn in Herefordshire, which local couple and now owners, Mark and Lowrie Price have known their whole lives. All are charmed by the inn's medieval character, though the everyday practicalities prove painful for some. In the afternoon there's a visit to literary hot spot Hay-on-Wye where the rivals turn their hand to literary prose, but there's still underlying tension between some of the guests. Come breakfast, foodie John turns up the heat for Mark, which leaves him floundering over a kipper order.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2017-10-13

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Copper Beech House are first to host, and Steve and Kathy want Phil to swallow his synthetic sausage comments. John and Della from Dog in a Doublet want to challenge Phil and Sharon's comments but it's the payment that they find hard to digest. Phil and Sharon from Torcroft Boutique B&B are third and are keen to learn why Mark and Lowrie think their boutique B&B isn't unique. Finally, it's Rhydspence Inn and owners Mark and Lowrie want to rewind the clock and get some answers. There are tears, recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: The White Horse Inn
2017-10-16

This competition starts in Maldon, Essex and The White Horse Inn, where hospitality expert Jayne and her husband, Pete Kocinoga, hope their attention to detail will win over their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Barnfield B&B
2017-10-17

The second visit is to Barnfield B&B in St Osyth, Essex, run by Christine and her toy boy husband Paul Harman. Here, as well as offering rooms, Christine also runs spiritual retreats.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The Black Swan Inn
2017-10-18

For the third visit the group head to The Black Swan Inn in Pickering, Yorkshire, where Phil and Jill have spent large sums to bring their 18th century inn up to their exacting standards.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Delamere Farm
2017-10-19

The final visit is to Delamere Farm in Northborough, where owner Agi Chapman, who is joined by Jayne Thorpe Godman, prides herself on providing a luxurious sleep to all her visitors.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2017-10-20

It's the final day of the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to settle some scores. After bitter rebukes and tears the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: White Hart Hotel
2017-10-23

The competition kicks off in Harrogate, where management team Chris 'Clarkey' Clarke and Katie Light help run the 64 bedroom White Hart Hotel. On arrival, Raouf and Chrissie from the New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool find they are actually staying in an outbuilding, whilst Robin and Liza Watson from Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons love the modern gadgets in their room. During the afternoon, the guests get acquainted with some llamas, ending in a parade competition. Vicky from The Terrace makes an instant animal connection, which leaves quite an impression on her fellow competitors. At dinner, paid parking at the hotel becomes talk of the table, while Raouf lets slip his hotel has more of a fighting spirit. Come breakfast, an additional pound for a fancy coffee causes a gripe with the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: New Promenade Hotel
2017-10-24

The second visit is to budget option New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool, owned by Raouf Elnagaar, who is joined by friend Chrissie Greenwood. On inspection, Vicky finds a teetering toilet seat, Robin and Liza fall out of love with the budget feel, and Clarky and Katie are astonished to find muck on the taps. In the afternoon, the guests ride Blackpool's famous and historic tram, but first they must get it ready for service with a wash and a scrub. Robin reveals his impressive family lineage when he spots the Blackpool Tower. Come dinner, Raouf reveals his sensitive side, but his experience in hospitality fails to show. In the morning, the guests are impressed with Raouf's budget breakfast, with Clarky's sausage a delight and Vicky's egg cooked to perfection.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Terrace
2017-10-25

The third visit is to Oxford, where Vicky Crawford has opened up her small three-bedroom terraced house, aptly named The Terrace. On inspection, two pairs of guests discover an array of filthy finds including thick dust, hairs, and a pre-sucked sweet. In the afternoon the guests head for a spot of punting. Whilst most sit back and enjoy the ride, Raouf's childish mood spoils the group's time on the river. Come dinner, Vicky gets a dusting down when Clarky grills her over the cleanliness of her accommodation. Vicky fights back but doesn't get the royal seal of approval. At breakfast, Vicky's coddled eggs are set to impress, but Raouf isn't thrilled with the appearance of her dog.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Tall John's House
2017-10-26

The fourth and final visit is to Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons, where Robin and Liza Watson own a grand Georgian mansion in the middle of the Welsh countryside. On arrival, the guests are wowed by the historic building and rooms. Raouf, Chrissie, Clarky and Katie dig deep to find fault but can only find small problems. In the afternoon, the Welsh weather finds the guests in the billiard room for a quick-fire knockout game around the table. Come dinner the guests gush over their friendship but, when it comes to the question of future meet-ups, Vicky drops a bombshell by revealing she wouldn't like to see anyone again. At breakfast the mood from the night before is clear to the table as Vicky sits in near silence. However, the food goes down a treat with compliments all round and a Caribbean pancake wins brownie points.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2017-10-27

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The White Hart Hotel is up first and management team Clarky and Katie want to park the issue of paying for their car park. Next, Raouf from the New Promenade Hotel in Blackpool is keen to challenge his budget comments and is appalled to hear about a cleanliness issue. Vicky from The Terrace is third, but the guests aren't happy when she fails to accept their critiques. Lastly, it's Tall John's House in the Brecon Beacons and owners Robin and Liza Watson want to find out what stains were found on their bed. There's anger but also tears of joy when the final payments are counted and the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The Hillcroft
2017-10-30

The competition starts at the Hillcroft in Torquay, where husband and wife team, Martyn and Elaine Flint, hope their lovingly decorated, adults only B&B will prove a hit with their guests. On arrival, Tony and Lisa Partridge from the Guest House East in Eastbourne, find fault with their en-suite, while Jorge Mesquita, from the Shirley B&B in Bournemouth, demonstrates a keen eye for dust. After a lively game of bowls, the B&B'ers head for dinner, where youngsters Sam Wilkins and Henry Russell of The Bear and Swan in Chew Magna, come under scrutiny about their age and experience by their more senior competitors. Elaine faces a tough time in the kitchen, but it's over feedback that the heat is really turned up.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Bear and Swan
2017-10-31

The second visit sees twenty-somethings Sam Wilkins and Henry Russell confident that their five star rooms above a quintessential English country pub, The Bear and Swan, in Chew Magna, Somerset, will have their guests raising their glasses to them at the end of the week. Unfortunately for the boys, Jorge's room leaves him feeling like he's been drinking from a dodgy keg and he isn't impressed by the rubber duck race in the local stream. Tony, however, throws everything he's got at it- literally! Sam and Henry get a grilling over dinner, but the next morning, the guests are hungry for more sleep after a noisy night and when it comes to feedback, the lads are left with a bad taste in their mouths.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Guesthouse East
2017-11-01

The third visit of the week is to the Guesthouse East in Eastbourne, where childhood sweethearts Tony and Lisa Partridge are hoping their guests will fall head over heels for their family friendly B&B. While Jorge is won over by what Tony and Lisa have on offer, Sam and Henry discover a dirty secret in their suite... A kite flying contest that afternoon leaves everyone struggling to rise to the occasion, although one of the guests is rewarded for their perseverance! Over dinner, Martyn doesn't endear himself to Tony and Lisa,and his demands over breakfast lead to Lisa letting slip about her true feelings towards him, which are far from flattering! The resulting feedback has the hosts questioning the lack of love towards them.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Shirley B&B
2017-11-02

The final visit of the week is to the Shirley B&B in Bournemouth, where Jorge Mesquita is hoping to impress his guests with his all-round cleanliness and the power of his showers, which Martyn and Elaine discover first hand thanks to an accidental demonstration! Meanwhile, Tony and Lisa find faults with the finishing and Sam and Henry aren't fans of the facilities... Jorge puts on a high octane go karting competition but will his guests think his B&B has enough to take the chequered flag?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2017-11-03

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Unfortunately, Jorge Mesquita of the Shirley B&B has been taken ill, so the remaining B&B'ers are fighting it out for the prized plaque. The Hillcroft kicks things off and hosts Martyn and Elaine want answers from both Tony and Lisa and Sam and Henry but they're only happy with one set of answers. Next, Sam Wilkins and Henry from the Bear and Swan get a wakeup call with the feedback they receive, but nothing like the surprise they get when they find out the amount they've been underpaid by one of their rivals. Finally, it's Tony and Lisa Partridge from the Guesthouse East, who are eager to understand how they upset Martyn and Elaine but it's a reason for an underpayment that sees things get fiery round the table.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Castellor B&B
2017-11-06

Kicking off the competition in Anglesey are newbie owners Neil and Lavinia Walker who run Castellor B&B, where it's all about going the extra mile. On arrival 'Deano' Whiting misses the hustle and bustle of Blackpool and the in-room extras fail to impress. Sisters Nina and Nicola Hilton from Bleak House in Broadstairs put their foot in it from the beginning and James and Adam from The Black Swan in Norfolk get to grips with the period features. Over dinner, the in-room extras are questioned, and there's a buttery bust up at breakfast, which leaves a bad taste at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Marlow Lodge
2017-11-07

The second visit is to Marlow Lodge in Blackpool, where owner Deano Whiting prides himself on delivering the fun factor. On arrival the guests are unimpressed with the budget facilities, and the cleanliness doesn't cut it for house proud Lavinia. An afternoon of ten pin bowling strikes a friendly atmosphere, flattening feedback tensions, and over dinner Deano wins Nicola's heart with his life story, but his one-man-band approach to business has James and Adam questioning the cost. In the morning Negative feedback leaves Deano reeling, with accusations of game-playing afoot.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Black Swan
2017-11-08

Third to host this week is manager James Hall and owner's son Adam Neale of The Black Swan in Horsham St Faith, a luxury roomed establishment with onsite restaurant and pub. Deano arrives with high expectations, Neil takes a swipe at the tea tray, and Nina and Nicola struggle to fit in and throw a tantrum. An afternoon at the local steam railway fails to impress Deano even further and the girls get their handbags dirty. Over dinner, the luxury touches are questioned and there are dramatic consequences come feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Bleak House
2017-11-09

The fourth and final visit is to Bleak House in Broadstairs, Kent, where sisters Nina and Nicola Hilton have 'Great Expectations' of success. On arrival the guests are blown away by a Dickens discovery, but call the cleanliness into question. An afternoon of acting up in the garden fails to put out the feedback fire between James and Deano. Over dinner Lavinia queries the room rate, and there's hostility from the hosts. And at breakfast, when things go awry, Lavinia is quick to comment. With payment day on the horizon, hackles are up at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2017-11-10

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Castellor B&B was first to host and Neil and Lavinia want help digesting Nicola and Nina's breakfast comments. Deano of Marlow Lodge wants to mop up Neil and Lavinia's cleanliness scores. James and Adam from The Black Swan are third and want to get to grips with their hosting score from Deano. Finally, Bleak House hosts Nicola and Nina want to give Neil and Lavinia a dusting down over their cleanliness score. There are recriminations and accusations as dramatic payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: The Cimon
2017-11-13

The competition starts in Torquay and owners Mark and Jo Warden hope their four star establishment, The Cimon, will win the competition. On arrival Russ and Karen from Cledan Valley in Mid Wales find their room doesn't quite match up to expectations, but Nigel Smith from The Cardinal's Hat in Worcester is wowed by the sea view. During a bouldering competition, Karen and Russ demonstrate their competitive sporty nature. At breakfast feedback, the guests felt it lacked the luxurious local feel of a four star but it didn't detract from them being happy to return.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Cardinal's Hat
2017-11-14

The second visit is to The Cardinal's Hat in Worcester where owner Nigel Smith, who has over 30 years of experience in hospitality, likes the finer things in life. On arrival the guests are taken back by the character and quirky nature of the rooms and Mark and Jo are concerned by the condition of the bedding. During an afternoon of Morris Dancing, there's a clash, and at dinner Nigel comes under fire when Mark throws in a curve ball question about housekeeping. There's a split at breakfast as Lucinda and Diane dine in their room, while downstairs there are stern thoughts from Nigel at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Cledan Valley
2017-11-15

For the third visit this week the group head to Cledan Valley in Mid Wales, where husband and wife duo Russ and Karen Colman, hope their glamping site will win over their rivals. Nigel embraces the experience in his shepherds hut, whereas Mark and Jo in their yurt have some concerns about their breakfast storage. Come breakfast, which is a cook it yourself affair, Mark and Jo host the other guests while Karen and Russ have breakfast at home. Some harsh comments at feedback leave Karen and Russ fuming and wanting answers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Springfield House
2017-11-16

The final visit is to Springfield House in Instow, Devon, where Lucinda Renshaw who is joined in the competition by friend Diane Passmore, transformed this home in to a B&B eight years ago. On arrival, Nigel soaks up the luxury; Karen and Russ get comfy, and Mark and Jo have the run of the top floor apartment, but things take a turn when Mark and Jo realise they don't have a lock on their door. Discussions at dinner turn to payment as some owners give hints that they aren't happy with comments they've received. When it's time for feedback, there are some home truths for Lucinda.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2017-11-17

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Cimon is first, and hosts Mark and Jo want to question Karen and Russ about their breakfast feedback. Next, Nigel from The Cardinal's Hat wants clarity on some cleaning and hygiene comments made by Mark and Jo. Russ and Karen from Cledan Valley are third and are keen to put Mark and Jo straight. Finally, it's Springfield House owner Lucinda and her friend Diane who want to put two of the guests at ease, but it's the payments where true feelings are expressed. There are tantrums and bitter rebukes before the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: The Edge
2017-11-20

The competition starts in Huddersfield at The Edge Accommodation, owned by John Whitworth, who's hoping to win over his guests with his unique style and personality. On arrival, Sally and Teresa are floored with some of John's decoration. At dinner the guests sink their teeth into John's style, but it's the revelation of where the windows and doors lead to that leaves some of the guests feeling uneasy. At breakfast, a pre-ordered breakfast fails to deliver for Phil and leaves one guest expecting a curtain call. At feedback, John is less than impressed with some of his comments and thinks one guest is out to get him.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Darwin Lake Holiday Village
2017-11-21

The second visit is to Darwin Lake Holiday Village in Matlock, Derbyshire, managed by best friends Sally McAnulty and Teresa Shirley who pride themselves on their exclusive village feel. On arrival, the luxurious cottages impress everyone but John, who finds the place distinctively bland compared to his establishment. That afternoon, the guests embark on an afternoon of traditional sports as they partake in a village sports day but come results, John calls the girls out for cheating. At dinner John's not happy finding out he's supposed to be cooking his own breakfast in the morning and the girls bring up John's earlier name calling, which results in fireworks at the table. Come breakfast, Sally and Teresa are expecting less than positive feedback from John, and a disagreement over the quality of the produce leaves the other guests feeling like no one can stand in John's way.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Sands Resort Hotel
2017-11-22

For the third visit this week the group head to Sands Resort Hotel and Spa in Newquay, Cornwall, where father and son team Nicholas and Tom Malcolm pride themselves on the vast facilities they have on offer. On arrival John is in a lather when he can't find any bubble bath, Phil isn't awash with the low shower head and Sally and Teresa are questioning the cost. That afternoon the guests are led down the garden path and have a race around their on-site maze, but John is soon seeing red. Come breakfast after a good night's sleep, John lets Phil know what he thinks of him and causes silence around the table.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Oak Tree Lane Yurt
2017-11-23

The final visit is to Oak Tree Lane Yurt Site in Bratton Clovelly, Devon, where owner Phil Gilbert is taking things back to basics. On arrival, the guests are wowed by the traditional Mongolian yurts but John's left feeling cut off after learning there is no power. During an afternoon of raft building, Sally and Teresa struggle to work harmoniously with John, leaving host Phil to intervene. Yet come dinner, Sally and Teresa are let off lightly, after Nicholas decides to give John some home truths. At breakfast, tension continues to rise between Nicholas and John, and John manages to shock all the guests with his judgement of Phil's yurt site.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2017-11-24

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Edge Accommodation is first and host John wants to shut the door on some criticism. Next, Sally and Teresa want to challenge John over his comments on their hosting skills. Nicholas and Tom are third and keen to learn why their facilities didn't impress the competition. Finally, it's Oak Tree Lane and owner Phil who wants to tackle why his place has been described as a prison. There are tears, name calling and bitter rebukes as payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Church Street Cobbles
2017-11-27

The competition kicks off at Church Street Cobbles in Macclesfield where self-confessed foodie Debbie Quinn and housekeeper, cook and cleaner Isobel Reisen recently opened a B&B above a barber shop. On arrival John and Joy from the Vic Bikers Pub in Coalville are amazed by the high standard of cleaning, but Steve Littley and Verity Charles from The Cranberries Hideaway in Devon are less than impressed with their bathroom. During an afternoon of foraging in the woods, Debbie and Isobel's competitive edge comes out but Arun and his sister Rashmi from the Mehfil hotel in Southall show off their skills. With high expectations at breakfast, Debbie's locally sourced produce comes under fire from Steve and Verity and at feedback their comments are hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: The Vic Bikers
2017-11-28

The second visit is to rock and roll venue The Vic Bikers pub in Leicestershire where siblings John and Joy take a more laid-back approach to running the business. Upon room inspection Steve and Verity are lost for words. Nostalgia kicks in for Debbie and Isobel, although they don't have the same feelings for the shared bathroom. Following an afternoon spent on John's bus tour of the local area, the tension between Debbie and Isobel and Steve and Verity is on the rise after critical feedback. The next morning at breakfast, John's simple and straightforward approach is a huge hit for some of the guests, but the waste becomes an issue for Debbie. At feedback, John and Joy are suspicious of game playing from some of the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Cranberries Hideaway
2017-11-29

For the third visit of the week the B&Bers head to The Cranberries Hideaway in Devon, where owner Steve and his partner Verity hope the luxury touches will win over their guests. Still upset from their feedback, Debbie and Isobel arrive ready to get stuck into room inspections and an unusual light fixture catches their eye. An afternoon of blindfold driving and team work gives light relief to the tension that is still building between Debbie and Isobel and hosts Steve and Verity. At feedback, the hosts are lost for words with Debbie and Isobel's comments which leaves them shocked and suspicious.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: Mehfil Hotel
2017-11-30

For the final visit of the week the B&Bers head to the Mehfil Hotel in Southall, London, where spiritual host Arun and his sister Rashmi are hoping to bring some Indian Hospitality to the competition. Upon arrival, everyone is impressed, but some find that corners have been cut with cleaning. The afternoon is filled with some lively Bollywood dancing which thaws the chill in the air between Debbie and Isobel and Steve and Verity. At feedback the hosts are overcome with emotion when reading some of the comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2017-12-01

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for one last time to find out what they have been paid and settle some scores. Church Street Cobbles are first up and Debbie and Isobel are keen to get to the bottom of some of the cleaning comments from Steve and Verity. Next, it's John and Joy of The Vic Bikers Pub who are keen to confront their critics. Steve and Verity of The Cranberries Hideaway tackle Debbie and Isobel for answers on some of their comments about their cleaning standards. There are arguments and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 14 (2018)

No overview available.

35 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Oaklea Barns Guesr House
2018-01-15

The competition begins at Oaklea Barns Guest House in Merseyside, where Mandi Magee and partner Paul Green think their impeccable standards will wow their rivals. Ian Nicholls from Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel in Newcastle loves his room but is perplexed by plastic on lampshades, whereas Mark Toole and partner Natalie Allcock from The Parsonage Hotel and Spa in York are thrown by a loose loo. During an exercise in falconry, Dave Rogers and partner Sanchia Crossley from The Guest House Worsthorne in Lancashire cry foul when chirpy Mandi rules the roost. At breakfast, Mandi makes it clear she thinks she can't be beaten, but Dave and Sanchia say they'll rise to the challenge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Guest House Worsthorne
2018-01-16

The second visit is to The Guest House Worsthorne in Lancashire, where partners Dave and Sanchia aim to win over their guests with their 300-year-old cottage turned guesthouse.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel
2018-01-17

The group heads to Sleeperdorm Backpacker Hotel in Newcastle, where Ian Nicholls hopes they'll leave their designer gear at the door and bunk up in his cheap and cheerful dorm

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Parsonage Hotel and Spa
2018-01-18

The final visit is to The Parsonage Hotel and Spa in York, where Mark Toole and Natalie Allcock look to wow their guests with their country manor, complete with pub, spa and restaurant

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2018-01-19

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid. After the tit-for-tat tirade, the winning B&B is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Laskill Country House
2018-01-22

The competition kicks off in Helmsley North Yorkshire at Laskill Country House, where straight-talking farmer's daughter Mandy Sowray and friend Anny Harrison run a tight ship. On arrival Chris Witton and Saroop Ram aka 'Rammy' from The Swan Hotel, Peterborough, feel right at home but techno savvy Colin and Ben Warburg from Scalford Hall Hotel, Leicestershire, fail to connect from the start. During the afternoon's hay bale race, youngsters Charlie Thompson and Lauren Tucker from The Abbey Hotel in East Sussex fail to stack up to the challenge. At dinner, host Mandy bigs up her banger qualifications but it's at breakfast where she fails to crack Chris's order. Come feedback Colin signals a no return leaving the host 'hanging' as to the reason why.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The Swan Hotel
2018-01-23

The second visit is to The Swan Hotel in Telford owned by Chris Witton and his spiritual friend Rammy. They are hoping straightforward value for money will win them the competition. At the Yorkshire pudding making competition confident youngsters Charlie and Lauren show the proof is in the pudding, leaving confident cooks Mandy and Anny thinking there's more to them than meets the eye. And at dinner Rammy opens up about his troubled past. When day breaks, Colin, joined by son Ben, has a rude awakening so it's up to chef Chris to win his guest over at breakfast. And come feedback Chris has a change of heart about some of his guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Scalford Hall Hotel
2018-01-24

For the third visit of the week the B&Bers head to Scalford Hall Hotel in Melton Mowbray, Leicestershire where IT exec/hotelier Colin Warburg, along with student son Ben, hope their 81 room country pile will wow their rivals. Still smarting from their feedback Chris and Rammy suspect game playing from today's hosts and on check in Chris soon has his nose out of joint. An afternoon's crate stacking competition on the hotel's high wire course sees the host tower over their guests but at dinner Colin gets a grilling. A lukewarm reaction to breakfast only adds to Colin's woes and after feedback he suspects retribution is at hand.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The Abbey Hotel
2018-01-25

The final visit is to The Abbey Hotel in Battle, East Sussex, run by confident young colleagues Charlie Thompson and Lauren Tucker. On arrival, Colin and Ben are feeling the squeeze and Chris and Rammy find themselves in a sticky situation. In the afternoon guests target each other at the archery range where bows are drawn and scores are settled. At dinner, straight-talking Chris can't help but be impressed by his hosts and as conversation turns to parking, the guests are in a jam with their hosts. But come feedback Colin puts the boot in, and Lauren wants answers at payment day.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2018-01-26

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Laskill Country House host Mandy wants to crack where she went wrong with breakfast and why Colin and Ben didn't connect with her. Chris and Rammy from The Swan Hotel want to draw out Lauren on her room flaws and get to the bottom of Colin's bedroom nightmares. Colin and Ben from Scalford Hall Hotel are third to take on their critics and are firing back at Chris who they accuse of playing tit for tat. Finally it's The Abbey Hotel and youngsters Charlie and Lauren who are still reeling from the rollicking they received from Colin's scores and want answers. There are recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Old Ram Coaching Inn
2018-01-29

The competition begins in Norfolk at The Old Ram Coaching Inn where five-star trained Victoria MacDonald welcomes the guests to one of her three B&B sites. On arrival, Michele and Cheryl from Beach Lodge Hotel, Mablethorpe, are not impressed with the dusty towel rail and suspicious brown smudge in the toilet. And Aaron and Mel from Ye Old Crown are not happy to find themselves with a hairy bed. Breakfast leaves a little to be desired for Aaron as he fumes over his eggs, but it's the feedback from Alan and Alison of The Farmer's Arms, Taunton, that leaves Victoria reaching for the tissues.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Ye Old Crown
2018-01-30

The second visit is to Ye Old Crown in Edenbridge, Kent, where chef and owner Aaron Webster aims to deliver a three star service for a two star price. On arrival, Victoria from The Old Ram Coaching Inn in Norfolk is looking for payback after receiving some harsh scores from Aaron and Mel, and is quick to discover burn marks in her net curtains. Over dinner, Aaron reveals he has only been at Ye Old Crown for six months, which causes quite a stir. Come morning, expectations are high for chef Aaron's breakfast, however all does not go to plan.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Beach Lodge Hotel
2018-01-31

For the third visit of the week, the B&Bers head to Beach Lodge Hotel in Mablethorpe, Lincolnshire, where hosts Michele and Cheryl aim to offer their guests the perfect beachside break. The rooms all seem to hit the spot at first, until Victoria has a hair-raising incident in the bathroom and a crumby experience with her armchair. Tensions between Aaron, Mel and Victoria are soothed by an afternoon racing pedalos. In the morning Victoria's room leaves her feeling hot and bothered, and with the guests having to get their own tea and coffee at breakfast, the feedback proves hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: The Farmer's Arms
2018-02-01

The final visit is to The Farmer's Arms in Taunton, where owners Alan and Alison hope their palatial rooms will see them win the competition. Upon arrival, Victoria is wowed by her room, but Michele and Cheryl are left unimpressed by the cleanliness, particularly their dusty radiator. An afternoon spent playing skittles keeps the spirits high, but over dinner everyone is brought back down to earth with a bump as payment day looms. It becomes clear they all have questions they want answered and tension is in the air. With breakfast going down well, come feedback time Alan and Alison are feeling confident that all the payments will be full.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2018-02-02

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The OId Ram Coaching Inn were first to host, and owner Victoria wants to get to the bottom of Michele and Cheryl's comments about her toilet. Next, Aaron and Mel from Ye Old Crown have some genuine questions for Victoria over her comments about their hosting. Michele and Cheryl from Beach Lodge Hotel get hot under the collar when they ask Victoria to explain her room. Finally, Alan and Alison want to talk radiators with Michele and Cheryl, and why they marked them down for dust. There's tension, tears and tantrums as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The Waverley Hotel
2018-02-05

The Waverley Hotel in Callander, Scotland owned by husband and wife Gordon and Jan Halladay. Ollie and Liz discover the bathroom bin hasn't been emptied and best friends Tanya and Vicky get the gloves out for a thorough examination. Later Jan challenges the group to become shipmates for the day and Tanya takes a shine to Liz. Over dinner, the group question Jan and realise she's the one that wears the trousers in the relationship. The next day the guests are finally looking forward to meeting Jan's other half, Gordon, who is cooking breakfast. But his confidence slips away when he serves over-cooked poached eggs, and come feedback, Jan and Gordon are shocked and surprised at some of the scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Greenview Guesthouse
2018-02-06

The second visit of the week is to Greenview Guesthouse in Cumbria, owned by Tanya Briggs, with help from best friend Vicky Hope. On arrival Jan and Gordon are impressed with the view from their room over Solway Bay; however, Rory and Katharine are disappointed with their outlook over the local estate. In the afternoon the group gets acquainted with some shrimp, which makes Jan go green at the gills and Ollie gets up to some fishy business. In the morning the guests are surprised by Tanya's breakfast, and at feedback the hosts are gobsmacked when one of the guest won't return.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Hotel Sheraton
2018-02-07

The third visit of the week takes us to the Hotel Sheraton in Blackpool, run by mum and son duo Liz and Ollie Brown. At arrivals the group are shocked at the sheer size of the hotel. Tanya and Vicky are left gobsmacked when they spot a TV in their bathroom and Rory discovers his own personal illuminations in the bathroom. But Gordon and Jan unexpectedly find dust- where it shouldn't be. In the afternoon the group are challenged to a spot of glass blowing, and rivalries run high. Over dinner, the group are subjected to more than they'd bargained for when Ollie decides to drop his trousers at the table. The next morning several guests find that their showers start misbehaving, but it's at feedback that Liz and Ollie realise that instead of a warm welcome, some of the guests were left with a cold shoulder.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Chapter Two Accommodation
2018-02-08

The fourth and final visit is to Chapter Two Accommodation in Malton, Yorkshire, where Katharine and Rory offer proper Yorkshire hospitality. On arrival all the guests find fault with the cleanliness in the bathrooms and Tania and Vicky get forensic with their inspection. An afternoon of sausage making in the local butchers has tensions building between the guests, as Jan and Tanya square up amid accusations of sabotage. Over dinner the guests learn more about Rory's past and things get tense over a conversation on competitiveness. At breakfast the guests look forward to 'the best breakfast in Yorkshire' and Rory delivers a belly-busting offering. At feedback Rory is humbled by the comments but admits he could have done better.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2018-02-09

It's payment day and the chance for the group finally to get answers for the feedback they left across the visits. Beginning with the Waverley, Ollie and Liz let loose about the bathroom bin blunder and explain that they had been generous on their marking. Tanya and Vicky get the chance to vent their irritation at Jan and Gordon's feedback and the recipients are left flustered with the onslaught. Tanya defends her lack of breakfast offering but she is left flabbergasted when the payments are revealed. When attention turns to Hotel Sheraton, Liz is determined to find out why she hadn't been made aware of the shower problems. And Rory at Chapter Two gets a firm lesson about toilet cleanliness from Vicky that he finds hard to flush away. With scores settled and payments revealed, there can be only one winner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Hero
2018-02-12

The competition kicks off in north Norfolk at The Hero, run by best mates Harry Farrow and Rowan Glennie, who both quit university to follow their dream of becoming hospitality entrepreneurs. Debbie and Arthur from The Cleasewood Guest House are wowed by the view but Shoukry and Waguih, from Four Saints Brig Y Don wonder if size really does matter. During an afternoon cheese-wrapping contest at a local dairy farm, Helen and Suzanne from Peel Hey show their perfectionist side while Arthur and Debbie raise eyebrows with their sneaky tactics. At breakfast, Helen doesn't hold back, and at feedback, it's the hosts' laddish approach which the guests find hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Cleasewood Guest House
2018-02-13

The second visit is to The Cleasewood Guest House in Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, a labour of love for rookie B&B owners Debbie and Arthur Callaghan. Upon arrival, Harry and Rowan wonder how they'll get into their bunk beds without a step-ladder. Helen and Suzanne are impressed when a rim-test on the loo comes up trumps. But Shoukry and Waguih fear the unusual colour of towels might be hiding some dirty secrets. At dinner, Arthur and Debbie intrigue their guests by revealing their unusual business ethos, and Helen and Suzanne drop a bombshell when quizzed on their hospitality CV. Come morning, guests are left wondering whether amateur chef Arthur has bitten off more than he can chew, and Helen and Suzanne's feedback leaves a nasty taste in the mouth.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Peel Hey
2018-02-14

For the third visit of the week the B&B'ers head to Peel Hey on the Wirral, where boss Helen Holmes and assistant Suzanne Hill hope their seven decades of experience will give them the edge over their rivals. After checking in, Debbie and Arthur are surprised by a discovery in the loo, while Harry and Rowan are stumped by how they can watch TV and brush their teeth at the same time. At the afternoon darts match, Arthur lets slip that issues from his own visit are still playing on his mind - which leaves Helen and Suzanne whether they'll be payback come feedback. Over dinner, Shoukry and Waguih ruffle feathers when an offhand remark leads the others to question their true motives.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Four Saints Brig Y Don
2018-02-15

The final visit is to Four Saints Brig Y Don in Llandudno, north Wales, where Egyptian-born owner Shoukry Rozek - joined in the competition by best friend Waguih Zakaria - believes his 'international standard' hotel will scoop him the prize. On arrival, Harry and Rowan fall in love with the sea views, but Helen and Suzanne are taken by surprise. At supper, Debbie and Arthur stand accused of taking criticism too much to heart - before Waguih puts the cat among the pigeons with his spicy claims about the couple's approach to business. At breakfast, Shoukry tries to make amends - but will it be the hurt feelings, or the controversial buffet breakfast which costs the hosts dear at feedback?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2018-02-16

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Hero is first, and hosts Harry and Rowan Glennie want to know why their female guests thought their rooms were too boyish to cut the mustard. Next, Debbie and Arthur from The Cleasewood Guest House have an apology to make about breakfast - but will their payments be any easier to digest? Helen and Suzanne from Peel Hey on the Wirral are third and are keen to find out whether Arthur and Debbie are out for revenge for their own feedback. Finally, it's Four Saints Brig Y Don in Llandudno and owner Shoukry is hoping some dodgy dinner conversation won't scupper his chances. Amid recriminations, accusations, and flaring tempers, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Causilgey Manor
2018-02-19

The competition kicks off in Truro, Cornwall, at Causilgey Manor, where former art dealers Robin and Brenda Spence want to treat their guests to a stay in the Cornish countryside. Leoni and Tish from The Chocolate Box are stumped by the dÚcor and Julie and Jason from The Buckle Seaford's reaction to the bathroom with a glass roof is less than favourable. The B&Bers bond over a visit to an owl sanctuary, but the cracks begin to appear at dinner where Martin and Tracey of Elmfield B&B come clean with their thoughts on the wall hangings. Robin and Brenda show that breakfast isn't all about fry-ups, but it's Jason and Julie's loo with a view that leaves the hosts with egg on their faces at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Elmfield B&B
2018-02-20

The second visit is to Elmfield B&B in Devon, where retired politician Martin Perry and housekeeper Tracey Barrett pride themselves on keeping things traditional. The guests are unimpressed by Martin's aging heirlooms and Julie and Jason critique the cleanliness and communal bathroom. But an afternoon of panto puts the guests' gripes behind them as everyone shines on stage. Over dinner Martin reveals his political pedigree, but his take it or leave it approach to bedding has Julie probing his priorities. At breakfast Tish feels scrambled by the ordering system, but Martin's prodigious platters win points all round. Mixed reviews at feedback leave Martin and Tracey questioning whether their guests appreciate their traditional take on B&Bing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Chocolate Box
2018-02-21

The third visit is to The Chocolate Box in Bournemouth, where host Leoni Wilton and Tish Broughton want to swathe their guests in the sweet stuff. On arrival Robin and Brenda are impressed with what's on offer, and an afternoon painting with chocolate reveals Jason and Julie's competitive side but the attention is on the hosts, whose playful approach leaves their guests questioning their business credentials. In the morning all but one take up the chocolate breakfast and things take a turn for the worse when it comes to DIY drinks, which leave a stain on feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The Buckle Seaford
2018-02-22

The fourth and final visit is to The Buckle Seaford, in East Sussex, where B&B newbies Julie and Jason Martin have set sail for seaside luxe. On arrival Leoni and Tish are still smarting from Julie and Jason's feedback, but are determined to play fair and all the guests are blown away by the brand new bedrooms, with Martin bagging the Captain's Quarters... An afternoon of football confirms the girls' suspicions about their hosts' competitive streak and Robin and Brenda feel Julie and Jason are the ones to watch. A dinner table debate on the Buckles' adult only policy reveals Martin's softer side and there are great egg-spectations of newcomer Jason's breakfast. The next morning things get sticky when Leoni discovers a half used jam jar, but Jason's poached eggs survive scrutiny. At feedback, with payment day looming, Julie and Jason chart a course for victory.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2018-02-23

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Causilgey Manor is first to host and Robin and Brenda want to get to grips with Julie and Jason's gripes over privacy. Next are Martin and Tracy from Elmfield, who are keen to clean up Jason and Julies moans about mildew. Leoni from the Chocolate Box is third and although she can cope with the comments, it's the underpayments that leave her livid. Finally, it's Jason and Julie from The Buckle Seaford. Have the B&B newbies with a penchant for luxury done enough to win people over and bag the plaque? There are accusations thrown and awkward moments as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Blackburn Villa
2018-02-26

The competition kicks off in Ayr, Scotland, at Blackburn Villa where Karen Mclelland runs a home from home B&B; she is joined in by daughter Jade. On arrival, mother and son team, Dominic and Eileen are bemused by the shared bathroom, while Lynda and partner Larnie don't find the cleanliness to their high standards. During the afternoon's feeding of the lemurs, the B&Ber's are cagey with one another as they suss out their competitors. The pre-ordered breakfast system gets tested and chef Larnie calls it average, which is hard for Karen and Jade to swallow at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Hazeldene
2018-02-27

The second visit is to Gretna Green, Scotland, where Kieran White and fiancÚe Paula Baillie of The Hazeldene are proud of the marital importance of their hotel. On arrival, Lynda and Larnie from Greylands Guest House find that the room isn't to their cleaning standard. An afternoon spent learning the steps to a Scottish dance sees Karen happily led by daughter Jade, while mother and son Dominic and Eileen struggle to work together. At dinner, Lynda and Larnie question their hosts about the renovation of the rooms, which doesn't go down well. Come morning, not all the guests are bright and breezy due to troubled sleeps and the hosts are suspicious of game playing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: 32 Townhouse
2018-02-28

For the third visit of the week, the B&B'ers head to Pembrokeshire, Wales, and 32 Townhouse, where Dominic Swingler and his mum Eileen hope their style and decor wows their guests. After receiving their own feedback, Kieran and Paula are a lot more critical upon arrival than they were on the first visit. During the afternoon the B&Ber's do some painting, and come dinner the competition heats up. At feedback, some comments leave Dominic and Eileen bemused but still feeling confident about the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Greylands Guest House
2018-03-01

The final visit is to Greylands Guest House, in Powys Wales, where Lynda Fry and partner Larnie Carter, have high standards due to Lynda having worked in a five star hotel and Larnie being a former chef. But on arrival all the B&Ber's are underwhelmed and critical after having had their expectations set high. In the afternoon, a hobby falls flat, and at dinner, Dominic and Eileen baffle their hosts. In the morning, after a broken night's sleep for some, breakfast falls under some juicy scrutiny, which leaves the hosts with a sour taste, come feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2018-03-02

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Blackburn Villa is first, and Karen and Jade want Lynda and Larnie to clear up their dust comments. Next, Kieran and Paula from The Hazeldene want to challenge all their guests on their sleep comments, but it's the payments that they find a nightmare. Dominic and Eileen from 32 Townhouse are third and are keen to pick up on Lynda and Larnie's hair comment, as well as learning why only one of Kieran and Paula slept well. Finally, it's Greylands Guest House, and owners Lynda and partner Larnie want to put the record straight. There are tears, recriminations and accusations as the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 15 (2018)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Bae Abermaw Hotel
2018-09-17

This brand new competition starts in Barmouth, north Wales, and the Bae Abermaw Hotel, run by newly engaged couple Rosie Lewis and Dexter Green. On arrival, the BnBers are wowed by the views from their rooms, but it's not long until guest Tracy finds herself in a hairy situation. At dinner, hosts Rosie and Dexter's romantic revelations and confessions surprise their guests. The next morning at breakfast, Rosie and Dexter set the standard for the rest of the week, while Tracy sets herself up as the one to watch, with some observations about her room she's keen to bring to everyone's attention.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Rigsby's Guest House
2018-09-18

The second visit is to Rigsby's Guest House in Doncaster, South Yorkshire, run by Tracy Ward. On arrival, the lack of en-suite bathrooms causes quite the stink, while guests John and Dennis can't figure out Tracy's pricing system. At dinner, Tracy is under the spotlight and reveals just how much she takes on with the running of the B&B. But it's a revelation from John that intrigues the guests. Come breakfast, hopes for a fabulous feed fade fast as Tracy goes it alone.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: The Somerset Arms
2018-09-19

The third visit of the week is to The Somerset Arms in Semington, Wiltshire, where pub landlord John Adams is joined by best friend Dennis Gowie. On arrival, guests Rosie and Dexter dust off some cleanliness issues, while Tracy is left in search of a maintenance man. Later that evening, revelations about Nici's past fly around the dining table, and thin walls gave Tracy cause for concern. At breakfast, Tracy revealed her night's sleep was disturbed by her neighbours, making feedback an uncomfortable read for John and Dennis.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Cross Keys Hotel
2018-09-20

The final visit of the week is to The Cross Keys Hotel, Saffron Walden, Essex where former executive flight attendant Nici Van Valen is joined by close friend Ros Jeffreys. On arrival, all the guests love the luxury, but a mark on Tracy's towel leaves a stain on her stay. Later at dinner, tensions threaten to boil over as Tracy makes a revelation about her room, much to Nici's surprise. At breakfast, with Nici serving up a sumptuous selection, talk turns to payment day, with all the guests agreeing the competition is there for the taking.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2018-09-21

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The Bae Abermaw Hotel is first and hosts Rosie and Dexter want to get to the bottom of Tracy's broken bath issue. Next, Tracy from Rigsbys Guest House wants to challenge her guests' bathroom blues and reveal just what happened at her breakfast. John from the Somerset Arms, is joined by friend Dennis. Having been criticised for noise issues due to his thin walls, John is keen to listen in on his guests' explanations. Finally, Nici of The Cross Keys Hotel, with friend Ros, mull over their marks, before pointing the finger at some of their nit-picking guests. After tension around the table, the payments are revealed and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Swan Motel
2018-09-24

Jon and Lisa welcome their rivals to the Swan Motel in Norfolk, but some of their guests find a surprise in their drawers. Later, Jon shows off his magical hosting skills.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Hare and Hounds
2018-09-25

At the Hare and Hounds in Essex, Michael and Scott take their guests clay pigeon shooting, but Jon and Lisa find it hard to forget the feedback that their hosts gave them the day before

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Maunsel House
2018-09-26

Sir Ben Slade welcomes his rivals to the 13th-century Maunsel House in Somerset, but the extra charge for a hot breakfast leaves some guests with a bad taste in their mouths

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Lower Keats Glamping
2018-09-27

Gary and Linda Kellaway welcome their rivals to Lower Keats Glamping in Devon. At dinner, Jon turns joker, but Michael and Scott have a big revelation, which is no laughing matter.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2018-09-28

The B&B owners meet for the last time, and they all want to know more about their feedback. But how much have they each been paid? And who's won?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Seawood Hotel
2018-10-01

This week's competition kicks off in Lynton, Devon at The Seawood Hotel, managed by couple Martin and Kyle Fletcher, who hope to win over their guests with their high standards

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Gooseford Farm
2018-10-02

The second visit is to Gooseford Farm B&B in Dartmoor, Devon, managed by Mary Courtier and husband Julian. The farmhouse impresses but Jean and Dec are left counting the cost.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Trevarrian Lodge
2018-10-03

For the third visit this week the group head to Trevarrian Lodge in Newquay, Cornwall, where Jean and her pro-chef husband, Dec Hegarty are hoping the food will win their guests over

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Rivendell Outdoor Club
2018-10-04

The final visit is to Rivendell Outdoor Club, a clothing optional resort in Wimborne, Dorset, managed by Kerry Murphy and Andy Gautry. But not everyone is keen to let it all hang out.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2018-10-05

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After bitter rebukes and tears, the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Tynemouth 61
2018-10-08

Four more sets of B&B owners compete, kicking off in Tyne and Wear at Tynemouth 61, owned by hospitality veteran Stephen Minns, who grew up believing he was born with blue blood

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The Black Horse Inn
2018-10-09

The second visit is to The Black Horse Inn in North Yorkshire, where unlikely double act manager Steve Barker and side-kick/bar manager Callum Dixon believe they can win their guests over

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Shores Hotel
2018-10-10

For the third visit this week the group head to The Shores Hotel in Blackpool, where B&B beginner Enid Hall prides herself in offering clean rooms at bargain prices

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Hilltop Hideaways
2018-10-11

The final visit of the week is to Hilltop Hideaways in Leamington Spa, Warwickshire, where cousins-in-law Lottie and Lil Ellis are on a mission to put the glamorous in glamping

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2018-10-12

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. After a heated debate, the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Cliffemount Hotel
2018-10-15

This competition kicks off in Runswick Bay, Yorkshire and The Cliffemount Hotel, with general manager Garry Healey and housekeeper Zara Doherty. Will the views be enough to wow the guests?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Quayside Hotel
2018-10-16

Next up is the Quayside Hotel in Boston, Lincolnshire, run by Alistair and partner Lana, where most of the guests are bowled over by the bling, but Claire feels stuck in a neon nightmare

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Hollington Park Glamping
2018-10-17

The third visit is to Hollington Park Glamping near Newbury, run by couple Claire and Adam. Daniele and Chantal are happy glampers, but the other guests are shocked by their surroundings

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 24: Swan House
2018-10-18

The final visit is to Swan House in Kelvedon, Essex, where owner Daniele is joined by sister Chantal. On arrival, the traditional décor impresses, but Lana is left with wardrobe woes

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2018-10-19

It's the last day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After some scathing scores for cleanliness, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 26: Holland Hall Hotel
2018-10-22

The competition kicks off at the Holland Hall Hotel in Upholland, Lancashire run by colleagues Genice Hall and Cathy Hudson. There's a battle of the breakfasts, and feedback that cuts deep

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Railway Inn
2018-10-23

The second visit is to The Railway Inn near Hull, run by couple Lydia Perkins and Luke Mainprize. The guests find little to complain about, but the pressure is on for Luke's breakfast

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Driftwood B&B
2018-10-24

The third visit is to The Driftwood B&B in Weymouth, run by Sarah and Pete Healey. On arrival Cathy and Genice find the place completely ship shape and Lygia spies the host's disco balls

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The Bull Hotel
2018-10-25

The final visit is to The Bull Hotel in Wrotham, Kent, where owner Lygia Fontanella-Deadman and breakfast chef Mary Murray pride themselves on a luxury stay, but emotions run high

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2018-10-26

It's the final day of the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid. There's some surprising feedback before the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: The Clumber Park Hotel
2018-10-29

The competition starts in Nottinghamshire at The Clumber Park Hotel, where general manager Rajesh Saraf and his colleague Yuanee Tampoe believe all guests should be treated as gods

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Family Tree
2018-10-30

The second visit is to The Family Tree in Derbyshire, where owners Charlie and Sam Cameron want their guests to feel like one of the family. But some are creeped out by the rooms...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Royal Hotel
2018-10-31

For the third visit this week the group head to The Royal Hotel in Sheerness, Kent, where partners Sarah Lewry and Gareth Segrove believe they offer great value for money

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Adhurst Yurts
2018-11-01

The week's final visit is to Adhurst Yurts in Hampshire, where owner Alison Lubbock is on a mission to educate her guests to think green, but they question the provenance of her produce

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2018-11-02

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After bitter rebukes and confrontations the payments are revealed before the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: The North Star Club
2018-11-05

This week's competition starts in Sancton, Yorkshire at The North Star Club, owned by Carolyn Van Outersterp and daughter Galatea who hope their peaceful woodland cabins will win over the guests

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Friends B&B
2018-11-06

The second visit is to Friends B&B in Blackpool, Lancashire run by Luke and John Conway, who are the self-proclaimed unique selling point. But feedback from some leaves a bitter taste

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: The Lincoln Holiday Retreat
2018-11-07

For the third visit of the week the group head to The Lincoln Holiday Retreat, which owner Debbie Grant has built from the ground up over the past twenty years. But is the décor too dated?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Chapel Harrogate
2018-11-08

The final visit is to The Chapel in Harrogate, North Yorkshire, owned by Mark Hinchliffe and Heidi Donohoe, who pride themselves on offering something special in their converted chapel

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2018-11-09

It's the final day, and the owners meet for the last time to settle some scores. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments the payments are revealed and the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Season 16 (2019)

No overview available.

35 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The School House B&B
2019-03-11

The competition starts in Pencader, Wales and the School House B&B, owned by eco-friendly couple Jayne and her husband Ian Hall-Edwards, where they hope their environmental approach will win over their guests. That afternoon guests aren't all buzzing on an energy sufficient tour, but Felicity's surprising knowledge makes others green with envy. At dinner, Ian reveals his hosting skills might not be up to scratch and eyebrows are raised at straight talking colleagues Jo and Neil. At breakfast, assumptions are made of businessman Raj but it's the feedback which reveals to the hosts what standards are expected and sets this week's competition in motion.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Cathedral 73
2019-03-12

The second visit is to Cathedral 73 in Cardiff, Wales, managed by Neil Chidzey and assistant manager Jo Goodwin. On arrival guests are wowed by the glamorous rooms but retired banker Raj is shocked to find the breakfast is not included in the room price, and couple Jayne and Ian are in a jam about their swollen door. That afternoon, the guests embark on some cake decorating and it doesn't take long for them to suss out Neil and Jo's competitive spirit. At dinner, Neil grinds Felicity's gears as he reveals she must pay for parking and revelations of their hosts experience leaves guests concerned about the competition. At breakfast, the costs prove hard to swallow for guests and come feedback Jo and Neil are ready for a battle.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Leafy Suburban B&B
2019-03-13

For the third visit of the week the group head to Leafy Suburban B&B in Northwood, Hertfordshire, where competitive golfer Raj Kumar opens the doors to his home. On arrival Jayne isn't keen to take her shoes off, but both Neil and Jo dish up the dirt and aren't impressed with a surprise visitor in their bed. That afternoon the guests take a swing at some golfing, but some guests aren't massively keen to play ball. Come morning there are rumblings at the table as Raj is caught out trying to impress his guests with a superior spread and results in an explosive moment. But it's at feedback where Raj gets a taste of what they all really thought, and feelings turn sour.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Wellington Inn
2019-03-14

The final visit is to The Wellington Inn in Welwyn, Hertfordshire where resources manager Felicity Rainbow takes a spiritual approach to hosting - cleansing her rooms' auras and encouraging her guests to chat to them and feel their vibe. On arrival, the guests are wowed by a quirky mixture of old and new, but shy away from the stand-alone slipper baths. And while Jayne and Raj feel indulged by the luxury touches, Jo and Neil are soon digging up some dirt. At dinner, Felicity reveals her spiritual side and tensions rise when Raj shares his changing impressions of Jo and Neil. In the morning, Felicity's breakfast service doesn't quite go to plan. Come feedback, it's Neil and Jo's scores that Felicity can't stomach.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2019-03-15

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. The School House B&B is first and host, Jayne Hall-Edwards is taking guests back to basics over her green policy. Next, Neil Chidzey and Jo Goodwin from Cathedral 73 want to challenge their guests over costings. Raj Kumar from Leafy Suburban B&B is keen to settle some scores, but it's the payments that lead to explosive moments and raised voices. Finally, it's The Wellington Inn and Felicity Rainbow discusses Jo and Neil's feedback, and payments leaves guests red faced. After bitter rebukes and apologies, the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Grosmont House B&B
2019-03-18

The competition starts at the Grosmont House B&B in North Yorkshire, where mother and daughter owners Selma Khan and Roxy Khan-Williams hope their personal touch and attention to detail will win over their competitors.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Monkspool B&B
2019-03-19

The second visit is to Monkspool B&B in Twyning, Gloucestershire, owned by husband and wife Paulo and Suzi Lacey, who pride themselves on their top-quality mattresses.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Pymgate Lodge Hotel
2019-03-20

For the third visit this week, the group head to Pymgate Lodge Hotel in Cheadle, where Romanian husband and wife Michael and Leda Ardeleanu believe their hosting skills will win the day

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The Stag and Huntsman
2019-03-21

The final visit is to pub, restaurant and bed and breakfast The Stag and Huntsman in Hambleden, Oxfordshire, managed by South African chef Marius Pretorius and his partner Sarah Harris

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2019-03-22

It's the final day of the competition and the owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid. After bitter rebukes and mounting tension the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Somerset House Hotel
2019-03-25

Four proud B&B owners battle to be named best value for money. The competition starts in Weymouth, at The Somerset House Hotel, run by couple Adam Borton and Holly Syme, who hope their boutique style rooms and BBQ breakfast will whet their guests' appetite. On arrival, guests Sam and Mandy are blown away by their surroundings, but Belinda and Brenda aren't fans of the noise and find the sofa bed to be a bad bunk. In the morning, the BBQ breakfast gets a grilling and Sandeep and Vaishalee's revelations leave the group with high expectations. In their feedback, Belinda and Brenda lay out their issues with the fold out bed, leaving their hosts restless as they prepare for the next visit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The Knitting Hotel
2019-03-26

The second visit of the week is to the seaside town of Dawlish in Devon, where the owner of The Knitting Hotel, Belinda Harris-Reid, and her colleague Brenda Watson hope their guests get excited about all things woolly. Most of the guests embrace the hotel's theme, but the minimal feel to the rooms leaves Adam and Holly berating the lack of the basics. In the afternoon, Belinda and Brenda immerse their guests in the knitting experience by running one of their masterclasses. At dinner, Belinda imparts her passion for her project, before revealing a theatrical past, which comes as no surprise to her guests. Sandeep and Vaishalee discuss the high star rating at their place, which leaves the others picturing perfection. In the morning, Adam and Holly reveal that their sleep went off track, and leave feedback that makes Belinda and Brenda feel stitched up.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Stade Court Hotel
2019-03-27

Sandeep and Vaishalee's policy is to treat their guests like gods, at Stade Court Hotel in Hythe. But Holly and Adam have cleanliness concerns and breakfast doesn't meet some guests' expectations.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Goodlife Guest House
2019-03-28

Mandy and Sam welcome their rivals to the Goodlife Guest House in Harwich, Essex, but the location is met with raised eyebrows, and there's breakfast confusion in the morning

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2019-03-29

The B&B owners meet for the last time, to settle some scores and to find out how much they've been paid, and, of course, who's won

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Inn at the Park
2019-04-01

Four proud B&B owners battle to be named best value for money. The first visit of the week is to Inn at the Park in Aberdeen, where, for owners Ronnie and Steph Caird, it's all about keeping it in the family. On arrival, design conscious father and son duo Steve and Allard take a trip back in time, and guest John isn't flushed with praise for his bathroom. At dinner, John reveals his culinary background, piling on the pressure for Ronnie to deliver a good breakfast. But it's Fiona and Shauna's sizable confession that raises the eyebrows. Come morning, Ronnie has a breakfast to forget, but it's the bathroom blues that leave Ronnie and Steph seeking answers from their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Ingliston Country Club
2019-04-02

The second visit of the week is to Renfrewshire and Ingliston Country club, where events manager Shauna Kirk and sales manager Fiona Gallagher are a force to be reckoned with. On arrival, Steve and Allard aren't feeling the dated décor, and John proves one-size doesn't fit all. In Ronnie and Steph's room they're blown away by the competition, but feel perfection comes at a price. Over dinner, Shauna and Fiona's roles at the business are under the spotlight, before the tables are turned on the next hosts Steve and Allard. Having revealed they built their place themselves, the other B&Bers have huge expectations. Come morning, the guests play the waiting game at breakfast with John feeling well and truly mugged off, leading to feedback that causes a storm in a teacup.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: 1692 Wasdale
2019-04-03

For the third visit this week the group head to 1692 Wasdale, in the Lake District, where owners Steve and Allard Newell have proudly built their B&B from the ground up. On arrival Fiona and Shauna find the place picture perfect, but the technology proves tricky for Ronnie and Steph. John's room cannot brush off some cleanliness concerns, leading to a far from sparkling stay. At dinner John reveals he sees himself as a trendsetter in the industry, and come morning, his boasts continue, claiming that when the competition comes to him, his guests will be sampling the best breakfast in Blackpool. But it's Steve and Allard's hosting at their breakfast that isn't to John's taste, serving up feedback that confuses his hosts.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Lynbar Hotel
2019-04-04

The last visit of the week is to Blackpool and the Lynbar Hotel, where owner John O' Donnell is feeling confident among the competition. On arrival, there are problems with the parking for Ronnie and Steph, and Steve and Allard are quick to size up their room. At dinner, John's industry credentials are examined, before the spotlight shifts to people's thoughts on Blackpool itself. Come morning, John's boasts of the best breakfast in Blackpool are put to the test, but it's the feedback on his facilities that leave a bad taste in John's mouth.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2019-04-05

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Inn at the Park are up first, and owners Ronnie and Steph Caird are aiming to clean up John's toilet troubles. Next up are colleagues Fiona Gallagher and Shauna Kirk from Ingliston Country Club, who want to clear up the storm in a tea cup. Steve and Allard Newell from 1692 Wasdale want to lend some tech support to Ronnie and Steph after their feedback revealed confusion over the controls. And finally, it's the Lynbar Hotel, where owner John O'Donnell is looking to park Ronnie and Steph's facility issues once and for all. After questions are answered and payments revealed, the winners of the best value B&B are finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Ship Inn
2019-04-08

The competition starts at the Ship Inn in Dymchurch, Kent run by 21-year-old partners James Tindall and Jessica Walton, who believe age is but a number. On arrival, guests Lloyd and Marta lap up the luxury, however in Amanda and Becci's room, they uncover a bit of bother with the bedding. At dinner, the hosts reveal their B and B background which divides opinion among the group. Next morning, the heat is on as Duncan has had a restless night, and over breakfast, a frank airing of views sets the standard for the week, before feedback that sees the hosts lose their cool.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Thompson Hall Retreat
2019-04-09

The second visit is to Thompson Hall Retreat in Norfolk, run by mother and daughter duo Amanda Benton and Becci Howlett. On arrival, everyone is wowed by the stylish shepherd huts that include an outside bath, but it's not long before Lloyd and Marta feel disconnected and are visited by some little friends. At dinner, Amanda surprises her guests with a career revelation, which draws comparisons with Lloyd and Marta's background and how they got into the industry. At breakfast, the guests' cooking skills are put to the test with a DIY breakfast basket, but the great outdoors isn't to everyone's taste. And when it comes to feedback, some comments leave a sour taste in the mouths of the hosts.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The White House
2019-04-10

The third visit this week is to The White House, in Swansea, owned by entrepreneurs Lloyd and Marta Smith. On arrival, the guests receive a welcome that leaves two pairs scratching their heads, while James and Jessica have a toilet encounter in their room which they'll never forget. At dinner, the story of Lloyd and Marta's romance begins to win some of guests around, but a revelation about their management style confirms Duncan and Ryan's suspicions. Come morning, the outsourced breakfast at a nearby restaurant proves to be the biggest talking point, which leads to feedback the hosts find hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Jacobs Plough
2019-04-11

The final visit is to Jacobs Plough in Bicester, Oxfordshire, run by manager Duncan Froomes and bar supervisor Ryan Hunt who like to mix banter with business. On arrival, James and Jessica struggle to air their issues, Lloyd and Marta leave no stone unturned, and Amanda and Becci have the bathroom blues. At dinner things soon turn awkward as Lloyd and Marta pick the place apart. Come breakfast, the criticism continues, with feedback that leaves the hosts praying for a miracle.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2019-04-12

It's the final day of the competition and the B and B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. The Ship Inn is up first, with managers James Tindall and Jessica Walton wanting to let off steam about the surprise comments which made their visit a heated affair. Next, mother-and-daughter duo Amanda Benton and Becci Howlett from Thompson Hall Retreat hope to crack their breakfast feedback, but it's one pair's payment that really leaves a bad taste in the mouth. Third hosts Lloyd and Marta Smith from The White House in Swansea want answers from Duncan and Ryan after they scored them a 1 for hosting. Finally, it's Duncan Froomes and Ryan Hunt from Jacobs Plough, who suspect dirty tactics are afoot when it comes to their cleanliness comments. After dramatic discoveries and frank exchanges, the payments are revealed, and the winners finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Strontian Boutique
2019-04-15

The competition kicks off at the Strontian Boutique in Strontian in Scotland, where Callum Pegg and his partner, head chef Darren Anderson, want to treat their guests to an exclusive stay in the Highlands. On arrival, sisters Kate and Maria Carlton are bowled over by the views. Lee and Marie are wowed by their host's fabulous furniture. However, Nawaz doesn't feel quite as at home with the feminine touches and the aroma in his bathroom leaves him a bit sniffy. The next morning, chef Darren serves up a breakfast that gives the guests the five-star treatment. However, come feedback, Nawaz's comments cause quite the stink.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Helix Hotel
2019-04-16

The second visit of the competition is to The Helix Hotel in Grangemouth, Stirlingshire, where host Nawaz Haq wants to show off his hotel, catering to the travelling businessman. On arrival Callum and Darren have a hair-raising experience, and Lee and Marie are left wanting a more leisurely space. Later that day Nawaz's creative side is revealed when the B&Ber's are treated to a ceilidh performed by his band. Then at dinner Nawaz's busy work load is the hot topic around the table. Come morning, the group begins to raise concerns over the bountiful breakfast banquet, questioning its authenticity and Nawaz's intentions in the competition, and at feedback, Nawaz's nose is out of joint when confronted with these allegations.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Black Boy Hotel
2019-04-17

The third visit of the week is to The Black Boy Hotel in Sudbury, where hosts Kate Martin and sister Marie Carlton want their guests to kick back and embrace the historical surroundings. On arrival Callum and Darren are over the moon with the plushness of her pad, but its Nawaz who's left in a sweat as the heat is literally turned up in the competition. At dinner the guests learn all about Kate and her business, but having brought up his heating issues, Nawaz is left very much out in the cold. Come feedback, the frostiness continues, as Nawaz's comments on hosting and facilities light a fire in Kate!

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The Lodge B&B
2019-04-18

The fourth visit is to The Lodge B&B in Cannock, Staffordshire, where hosts Lee and Marie Garnett are hoping their guests take to their homely B&B. On arrival Nawaz is blown away by his bedroom, as are Kate and Maria, but Callum and Darren take the room inspection to another level. During a trip to a treetop assault course the cracks begin to show between Kate, Maria and Nawaz following his feedback. At breakfast the tense atmosphere prompts one of the guests to walk out. At feedback Lee and Marie are highly praised, but have they done enough to win?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2019-04-19

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First up are Callum and Darren from Strontian Boutique, who want to sniff out Nawaz's bathroom blues. Next is Nawaz from the Helix Hotel, who wants to clear up his guests' concerns with his bountiful breakfast. Third to host, Kate and Maria from The Black Boy in Sudbury want to question the comments of Nawaz, which they felt was a personal attack. Finally, it's Lee and Marie of the Lodge in Cannock, who take on board some advice and welcome some surprises. There are accusations thrown, awkward moments a-plenty and even a bathroom that's likened to a morgue. The payments are revealed, and the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Brockley Hall Hotel
2019-04-22

The competition starts at Brockley Hall Hotel in North Yorkshire, where owner Heather Garcia and manager Sally Lewis hope that their fussy cleaning regime will impress their guests. But there are problems in some guests' rooms. At dinner, Heather reveals the unusual way that she brought Sally on board, and guest Steve makes a relationship revelation that keeps everyone guessing. In the morning, the Yorkshire breakfast puzzles the guests, and Sally and Heather find Alistair's feedback hard to swallow.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Star Hotel 1744
2019-04-23

Alistair Richardson welcomes his rivals to his family-owned B&B, The Star Inn 1744 in Thrussington in Leicestershire. Alistair has fitted out luxury hotels including The Savoy, so he has high standards. The refurbished village pub impresses Steve and Tracy but Heather and Sally's stay gets off to a far from spotless start. At dinner, Alistair reveals the background of his family business, and Heather and Sally quiz him about his high standards and breakfast pre-ordering system. Unfortunately, Heather and Sally don't sleep a wink, and in the morning, Alistair is missing a breakfast pre-order form.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: Croft Farm Park
2019-04-24

Site wardens Michelle and Jason Jones are keen to show off their brand new luxury lodges at Croft Farm Park in Tewkesbury in Gloucestershire. Sally and Heather lap up the luxury, but Steve and Tracy's bed expectations are left a little short. In the afternoon the guests go canoeing, but some of them struggle to stay afloat when one guest sticks his oar in. At breakfast, the quality of the produce provides something to chew over, and Michelle and Jason find a few surprises in the feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Harbour Vista
2019-04-25

Steve Webster and Tracy Jenney welcome their rivals to Harbour Vista, their homely B&B in Poole in Dorset. Most of the guests had been expecting something lavish, so they're surprised that they're staying in Steve's house, and Alistair thinks that he's gone back to university halls. At dinner, Michelle delves into her hosts' love life, and Steve reveals what really matters to him in life, much to his guest's disapproval.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2019-04-26

It's the final day of the competition. The B&B owners meet for the last time, to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Heather and Sally from Brockley Hall Hotel want some answers about why one of their rooms didn't scrub up. Alistair from The Star Inn 1744 queries his guests' cleanliness comments. Michelle and Jason from Croft Farm Water Park want to put their guests' sleeping issues to bed and find out why some of them had the hump over the breakfast hampers. Finally, it's Harbour Vista, and Steve and Tracy's payments bring a tear to the eye. After accusations fly, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 17 (2019)

No overview available.

25 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Grove Barn B&B
2019-09-30

The competition returns in Denton, Norfolk, at Grove Barn B&B owned by Steph and Alan Flight, who hope their approach to cleanliness will lead to sparkling feedback from their guests

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Picaroons
2019-10-01

The second visit of the week is to Picaroons, in Sheringham, Norfolk, where hosting comes naturally for competitive couple Christine Hendry and Ian Abernethy

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Brightham House
2019-10-02

For the third visit the group head to Brightham House in Malborough, Devon, run by stylish pair Scott Browning and Alistair Veness, where chef Scott's menu is very much under the spotlight

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Moran's B&B
2019-10-03

The final visit is to Moran's B&B in Westward Ho!, Devon, owned by ultra-chic retirees John and Jaqueline Moran. But Christine and Ian aren't sweet on the lack of en-suite.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2019-10-04

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments, the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: BnB at 43
2019-10-07

Jenny and Johnny welcome their rivals to BnB at 43 in Richmond, North Yorkshire. But there's a mark on Kelly and Serena's toilet. At dinner, Debra and Jamie reveal their regal connections.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Sutton Park
2019-10-08

The second visit of the week is to Sutton Park in Blackpool, run by Stewart and Gill Norris. Kelly and Serena are blown away by the bling, but Debra and Jamie have cleanliness concerns.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Tottington Manor
2019-10-09

Debra and Jamie Tombs welcome their rivals to Tottington Manor in Edburton in West Sussex. But Gill doesn't like the countryside setting or her room.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Flynn's Pub and Guesthouse
2019-10-10

The final visit is to Flynn's Pub and Guesthouse in Hackney, run by BFFs Serena and Kelly, who pride themselves on the cleanest and most stylish rooms at a price unmatched in the area

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2019-10-11

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments the payments are revealed and the winner announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Unicorn Inn
2019-10-14

The competition begins at the Unicorn Inn in Ludlow, Shropshire, where husband and wife team Lee and Zoe Osbourne hope their glamorous fairy-tale style rooms will impress.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The East Walls Hotel
2019-10-15

The second visit is to The East Walls Hotel in Chichester, West Sussex, owned by history fans Celia and Damon Haughey, who have rejected the boutique label and branded themselves 'bespoke'

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Wheatsheaf
2019-10-16

The third visit is to The Wheatsheaf in Sandbach, Cheshire, where young and ambitious owner Jake Pare and joint general manager Chris Baldwin want to prove that boutique is best

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: The Shawries Hotel
2019-10-17

The final visit is to The Shawries Hotel in Blackpool, run by Allison and Dave Shaw. The décor takes Jake and Chris back to their childhood, but Celia and Damon aren't fans of the 80s look.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2019-10-18

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After strong opinions are aired and difference debated, the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Just B
2019-10-21

The competition starts at Just B in Edinburgh, owned by Karen MacDonald and Geoff Thomson, who hope their slice of zen will win over their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Glencoe Villa Guesthouse
2019-10-22

The second visit is to Glencoe Villa Guesthouse in Featherstone, West Yorkshire, owned by Ewa Hunt. The homely styled bedrooms aren't to everyone's taste, and there's a debate over dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Fox Inn
2019-10-23

The group head to The Fox Inn, in Stourton, Staffordshire owned by uncle and nephew Stefan Carron and Nick Edwards. Most guests are bowled over, but Tony isn't wild about the decor.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: The New Inn
2019-10-24

The final visit is to The New Inn, in Newton, Derbyshire, owned by Tony Carlin. But the guests have cleanliness concerns, and feel it's lacking luxury, and there's a no-show at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2019-10-25

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners meet to find out what they've been paid. After dramatic discoveries and cutting comments, the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The White Swan
2019-10-28

The competition starts in Deighton, North Yorkshire at The White Swan, run by couple Roman Solnar and Tamsyn Muller, who hope their guests will appreciate their no-nonsense approach

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Clough View Farm
2019-10-29

Lisa Hardy and Sally Dakin hope their generosity of spirit will be a hit at Clough View Farm in Matlock, Derbyshire, but a long wait for breakfast leaves their guests grumbling

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Buxted Inn
2019-10-30

The third visit is to The Buxted Inn in Uckfield, East Sussex, run by Nick Bolton and David Kirby. Lisa is charmed by the character, but Farid and John are left cold by the corporate feel.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Crescent Victoria
2019-10-31

The final visit of the week is to the Crescent Victoria hotel in Margate, Kent, where hosts Farid Al-Faisal and John Dennis hope to dazzle their guests with a stay fit for a queen

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2019-11-01

It's the final day of the competition and the B&B owners are meeting for the last time. After dramatic discoveries, the payments are revealed, and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 18 (2020)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Bankfoot Inn
2020-03-09

The competition starts at the Bankfoot Inn in Perthshire, where owners Ross Paton and Fraser Macdonald reveal their secret breakfast ingredient.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Langley Dam
2020-03-10

The second venue is Langley Dam glamping site in Hexham, Northumberland run by Jo Bates, whose revelations about luxury camping raise questions about her market research.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: No 16
2020-03-11

For the third visit of the week, the group head to No 16 in Seaham, County Durham, where the guests are surprised by the hosts' hands-off approach.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Blacksmiths Arms
2020-03-12

The final visit is to Blacksmiths Boutique in Whitby, North Yorkshire, where things turn ugly at dinner as hosts Nick and Sarah Allison are grilled about their facilities.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2020-03-13

The B&B owners meet for the last time to trade observations. The Bankfoot Inn is first up, and Ross and Fraser want to settle scores after receiving low marks from one of their rivals. After a lot of tough talk and some home truths the payments are revealed before the winner is finally announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Mevagissey Bay Hotel
2020-03-16

The competition starts at the Mevagissey Bay Hotel in Cornwall, where owners John and Elleke Ross hope the stunning sea views will live up to their premium price-tag.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Glebe House Cottages
2020-03-17

The second visit of the week takes place at Glebe House Cottages in Devon, which is owned by Jay and Sarah Brewer.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Kings Park Hotel
2020-03-18

The third visit of the week takes place at the Kings Park Hotel in Retford, Nottingham, which hosts Catherine and Andrew Watt converted from a former police station.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: The Dukes
2020-03-19

The final visit is to The Dukes in Heath and Reach, Bedfordshire, and while owner Sarah Smith impresses the guests at dinner, the pressure gets to her at breakfast time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2020-03-20

The final day of the competition sees the B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid, while also settling some scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: Buck Inn
2020-03-23

The competition begins at the Buck Inn in Malham, North Yorkshire, where mother-and-daughter team Karen and Kathryn Souter hope their B&B will impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Smithson Farm
2020-03-24

The competition moves to Smithson Farm in Reedley Hallows, Lancashire, where Carole and Harry Johnson hope their glampsite gives their guests a taste of the great outdoors.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Mallard House
2020-03-25

The third visit of the week takes place at Mallard House in Gilling West, North Yorkshire, ran by Olivia Skeoch and Teresa Weedon.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Bryn Derwen B&B
2020-03-26

The final visit is to Dick and Liz Bradley's Bryn Derwen B&B in Rhayader, Powys. The breakfast is hot - but things quickly chill when grievances are mentioned.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2020-03-27

The B&B owners discover what they have been paid, and things get personal when Olivia and Teresa of Mallard House take Harry and Carole to task over their feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Potbank Aparthotel
2020-03-30

The competition begins at Potbank Aparthotel in Stoke-on-Trent, where manager Ash Booth and his girlfriend and receptionist Jen Ellis have a new take on an old building.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Millstone House
2020-03-31

The second visit of the week is to Millstone House in Staindrop, County Durham. Cara and Jamie are amazed by the immaculate finish but struggle to relax.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Hotel Vienna
2020-04-01

The third visit of the week takes place at Hotel Vienna in Blackpool, run by Trevor Sheard, who prides himself on offering a great-value stay.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Pollards Inn
2020-04-02

Cara and Jamie Kimpton invite their rivals to Pollards Inn in Cheshire. Most guests love the decor, but a problem with Gary and Helen's shower pours cold water on their stay.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2020-04-03

The participants meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores, with Cara and Jamie from Pollards Inn struggling to keep their cool after seeking clarity on their critique.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Bowlees Farm Holiday Cottages
2020-04-06

The competition begins at Bowlees Farm Holiday Cottages in Co Durham, where Tony and Viv Smith hope that their tranquil setting, hot tubs and indoor swimming pool impresses.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Piebald Inn
2020-04-07

The second visit of the week is to the Piebald Inn in Hunmanby, North Yorkshire, where the lack of a thermostat and a divisive design idea irritate some of the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Stoneleigh House Hotel
2020-04-08

The third visit of the week takes place at Stoneleigh House Hotel, a boutique townhouse in the heart of Buckingham run by Jane Parslow and Rachel Rawding.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Evenlode Grounds
2020-04-09

The fourth and final venue is glamping site Evenlode Grounds in the Cotswolds, owned by Howard and Amanda Wooliams, who impress their guests by revealing it is also a working farm.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2020-04-10

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. First up to fire back on their feedback are Tony and Viv, followed by John and Lesley, who are both desperate to know why Jane and Rachel were the only two who wouldn't return to their B&Bs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: St Hilary Guest House
2020-04-13

The competition begins at St Hilary Guest House in Llandudno, where owner Tricia Watson and her daughter Jess hope their classic seaside destination will win over their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Falcon Retreat
2020-04-14

The second of this week's destinations is The Falcon Retreat in South Wales. The view makes a big impression, but things go less well when the guests inspect their rooms.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Crown Inn
2020-04-15

The third visit of the week takes place at The Crown Inn in Grewelthorpe, North Yorkshire, where owners Debbie Heartfield and Paul Dixon hope to impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Stix Glamping
2020-04-16

The final venue is Stix Glamping in Greetham, Rutland, where one guest decides glamping is not for her before she has even set foot on site, leaving her partner all alone.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2020-04-17

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. St Hilary Guest House is first and owner Tricia Watson and daughter Jess heat things up over a cold shower. Next, Sue Burston from The Falcon Retreat wants to get her claws into her guests' breakfast blues.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Tigh Na Leigh
2020-06-15

The competition starts at Tigh Na Leigh guest house in Alyth, Perth and Kinross, where Graham and Karen Smith pride themselves on their five-star service.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: The Strathdon Guest House
2020-06-16

The rival proprietors visit the Strathdon Guest House in Dundee, which is still a work in progress. They are less than impressed by their host's future plans.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Portland
2020-06-17

The third visit of the week takes place at The Portland in Northumberland, but Katrin Keech finds herself hosting the guests alone as general manager Gary falls ill.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Mercia Marina
2020-06-18

The final visit of the week is to Mercia Marina in Derbyshire, where Pete and Sue Horridge take huge pride in their luxury lodges.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2020-06-19

B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they have been paid. Graham and Karen question Tom and Natasha's cleaning conundrum.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Jockhedge Holiday Cottages
2020-06-22

The first visit of the week comes from Jockhedge Holiday Cottages in Burgh le Marsh, Lincolnshire, where owner Karen Cumberlidge and her son Liam hope to wow their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Victoria Inn
2020-06-23

The second visit of the week is to the Victoria Inn in Witton-le-Wear, County Durham, where someone gets locked in a bathroom and bed springs leave one couple facing a battle.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Earlston House Hotel
2020-06-24

For the third visit of the week, husband and wife Aidan and Mij Nattrass welcome their rivals to the Earlston House Hotel in Paignton, Devon.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Beach House
2020-06-25

The final visit is to the Beach House in Portland, Dorset, where Pete Lacey feels his back-to-basics approach offers his guests good value. But things get heated with the radiator in Karen and Liam's room and opinions are laid bare over dinner.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2020-06-26

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Karen and Liam are shocked by their payment from Pete, while Carolynne and George want to find out what caused Karen and Liam to lose sleep at their place.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: Cliff House Hotel
2020-06-29

The first visit of the week comes from Cliff House Hotel in Southbourne, where owner Rich Norris and chef Matt Head hope their decor and top-notch breakfast will give them the edge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Hotel Barge Waternimf
2020-06-30

The second venue of the week is the Hotel Barge Waternimf in Ely, Cambridgeshire, which has an open plan kitchen leaving the hosts exposed to everything the guests have to say.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: Montpellier Hotel
2020-07-01

The third visit of the week takes place at the Montpellier Hotel in Llandrindod Wells, Powys, where couple Hannah Henewaa and Ibrahim Sani hope to impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Coach and Horses
2020-07-02

Paul Wright and Dave McDermott welcome their rivals to the Coach and Horses in West Sussex, where one guest has a bad night's sleep and the fry-up falls flat for some of the others.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2020-07-03

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. First up are Rich and Matt from the Cliff House Hotel, and after tackling Paul and Dave's complaints about the lack of blinds in the bathroom, it's another pair's payment that could prove curtains for their chances in the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: Bowling Green
2020-07-06

The competition begins at the Bowling Green in Chorlton-cum-Hardy, Manchester, where owner Mark Canny hopes his newly refurbished rooms and head for hosting will secure him success.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Redhill Holidays
2020-07-07

The second visit of the week is to Redhill Holidays in Whitbourne near Worcester, a glamping site with pole-perched premier pods - and an unwelcome population of insects.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: Mode Lytham Hotel
2020-07-08

The third visit of the week comes from the Mode Lytham Hotel in Lytham, Lancashire, where husband-and-wife team Andrew and Qidi Whitaker hope their hotel will bag them best in show.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Villa Farm Cottage
2020-07-09

The final visit is to Villa Farm Cottage in Lincolnshire, where Petra Coates and her partner Martin Littlefield run a tight ship. But the bathroom tiles could prove their downfall.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2020-07-10

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Mark from the Bowling Green Hotel questions Martin and Petra about a lack of chairs and then gives Qidi and Andrew's noisy fridge comments a frosty reception.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 19 (2020)

No overview available.

25 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Grange Farm Park
2020-10-12

The competition begins at Grange Farm Park in Maltby le Marsh, Lincolnshire, which is run by mum and daughter team Ann Graves and Rebecca O'Brien.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Edgecliff Boutique B&B
2020-10-13

Marilyn and Neil Tuson host the second night of the week at Edgecliff Boutique B&B in Birchington-on-Sea, Kent - hoping the breathtaking views will give them the edge they need.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Vera's Kitchen and B&B
2020-10-14

The third visit of the week takes place at Vera's Kitchen and B&B in Lechlade, Gloucestershire, where young owners Warren Neinaber and Emily Mapson hope to impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Preston Hotel
2020-10-15

The guests check in to the Preston Hotel in Yeovil, owned by father and son Bis and Deep Oozageer. Ann and Rebecca find their room more cheap than cheerful, although an afternoon tasting the produce at a cider brandy distillery proves a massive hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2020-10-16

The B&B owners reunite, ready to air their grievances from throughout the week. Ann and Rebecca from Grange Farm Park aren't happy with Marilyn marking them down for the lack of a hot tub, and Marilyn herself isn't too pleased when her and Neil review the feedback for their slow breakfast service at Edgecliff Boutique B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Castle Arms Inn
2020-10-19

The competition begins at the Castle Arms Inn in Snape, North Yorkshire, where owner Jill Chinnery hopes the charms of her 17th-century coaching inn will give her the edge.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Eden Valley Glamping
2020-10-20

The B&Bers enjoy the great outdoors at Eden Valley Glamping in Cumbria, a site with a back-to-basics approach - but a dusty bathroom and damp duvets put a crimp in the guests' stay.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Fernie Castle
2020-10-21

The third visit of the week takes place at Fernie Castle in Letham, Fife, where owners Neil and Mary Blackburn hope to impress their guests with their traditional 15th century B&B.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Cadillac Kustomz Hotel
2020-10-22

The guests check in to the Cadillac Kustomz Hotel on the Isle of Bute, where the retro design proves popular but the Scottish-American breakfast seems to get lost in translation.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2020-10-23

The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown, as Jill from the Castle Arms Inn takes issue with her feedback - wanting to quiz Neil and Mary on their curtain comments in particular. Next, Liz and Dave hope the others will eat their words over the breakfast complaints they found hard to swallow at their Eden Valley Glamping site in Cumbria.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: My Way Guest House
2020-10-26

The competition kicks off at My Way Guest House in Broompark, Co Durham, where Kaye Horner and her daughter Lily are counting on their cleanliness to gain top marks.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Old Orleton Inn
2020-10-27

The second visit of the week is to the Old Orleton Inn in Wellington, Shropshire, where an award-winning breakfast is on offer - but a lack of showers does not go down well.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Ambles House
2020-10-28

The third visit of the week takes place at Ambles House in Northampton, where Amanda hopes her homely hospitality will win over her guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Royal George, Tintern
2020-10-29

Richard and Harriet Secular pride themselves on their high-end rooms at the Royal George in Tintern in Monmouthshire - and the guests are not disappointed, with plenty of praise for the hosts throughout the two days. Will the feedback mirror their experience?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2020-10-30

Richard and Harriet Secular pride themselves on their high-end rooms at the Royal George in Tintern in Monmouthshire - and the guests are not disappointed, with plenty of praise for the hosts throughout the two days. Will the feedback mirror their experience?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The Seacrest Hotel
2020-11-02

The competition kicks off in Portsmouth at the Seacrest Hotel, where owner Antoinette Stretton and general manager Carmen Cretu hope their experience will set them apart.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: The White Horse Hotel
2020-11-03

The White Horse Hotel in Storrington, West Sussex, is today's venue. The discovery of damp is a cause for concern - and emotions run high as the scores are handed out.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Deri-Down Guesthouse
2020-11-04

The third visit of the week takes place at Deri-Down Guesthouse in Abergavenny, Wales, where husbands and wife Mike and Del Hayward hope to impress their rivals.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Royle Farm B&B
2020-11-05

The final visit is to Royle Farm in Staffordshire, where mother and son Margaret and Fraser Mountford hope their farmhouse with a difference will capture the guests' imaginations.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2020-11-06

The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown. First to seek some answers on their feedback are Antoinette and Carmen, who want to uncover Glenn and Leon's bedtime blues and share with Mike and Del why their feedback drove them `potty". Next, Glenn and Leon comb through Mike and Del's cleanliness comments, before delving into discussions of damp with Antoinette and Carmen. After opinions are aired and differences debated, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Coachman Inn
2020-11-09

The competition begins at the Coachman Inn in Hartford, Cheshire, where owner Justin Hyam surprises his guests with a romantic revelation at dinner and a breakfast bombshell.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Foxhall Village Guest House
2020-11-10

The Foxhall Village Guest House in Blackpool is the second of this week's venues, where the food falls short of expectations and not everyone has a good night's sleep.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Douglas Hotel
2020-11-11

The third visit of the week takes place at the Douglas Hotel in Hartlepool, where owner Raqeeb Ramzan and his uncle Raj Malik hope to impress their guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Gables Pod Camping
2020-11-12

Mike and Sue Brierley welcome their rivals to Gables Pod Camping in County Durham, where the guests seem happy with the pods, although tension arises when payment day is discussed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2020-11-13

The B&B owners meet up for a final showdown, as Justin gives Tina and Kay a platform for their feedback about noisy trains and seeks to know more about Raqeeb's problems with his shower. Tina and Kay want to clear up Raqeeb and Raj's cleanliness comments before discussing what really happened at breakfast. After dramatic discoveries and frank exchanges, the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 20 (2021)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: N'ista Boutique Room
2021-03-01

The competition kicks off at N'ista Boutique Room in Birkdale, Merseyside, but owners Ian and Sally Lawless's chances of winning suffer a setback when strange green goo is found in the bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Oakleigh Guest House
2021-03-02

For the second visit, the B&Bers head to Oakleigh Guest House in Blackpool, where breakfast and a trip to Madame Tussauds prove a hit - but there is still some harsh feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Bay Horse
2021-03-03

The competition continues as Linda Milner and her friend Lany welcome their guests to Bay House in Scarborough for a socially-distanced stay.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Farrier
2021-03-04

The final visit is to the Farrier in Cayton, North Yorkshire, where the luxury rooms and an afternoon of equine fun lead to a positive reaction from the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2021-03-05

The four sets of owners reunite to settle some scores. Mark and Sean are keen to find out why one pair of guests wouldn't stay at their Oakleigh Guest House again, while Linda and Lany are annoyed about some nitpicking feedback about the flowers in their rooms at Bay House in Scarborough. Later, the payments and winner are revealed.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Woodleys Farmhouse
2021-03-08

This week's competition kicks off at Woodleys Farmhouse in Woburn Sands, Buckinghamshire, where the inexperienced owner worries that breakfast will be her downfall.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Finch Cottage
2021-03-09

Eddie and Karen Deighton host their rivals at Finch Cottage in Wilsford cum Lake, Wiltshire. They pride themselves on providing a personal experience, but the lack of TVs in the rooms is a big turn-off for some guests

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The Bell Inn
2021-03-10

The third destination is the Bell Inn in Thorpe-le-Soken, Essex, where hospitality manager Ian Hawthorne and his fiancee Karen Hunt are confident they can satisfy their guests. But Frankie is less than pleased by the view from her room and one pair of guests are still in a bad mood over their feedback earlier in the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Frasers Guest House
2021-03-11

Sisters Georgie Monaghan and Frankie Gallie's Frasers Guest House in Battlesbridge, Essex, is the final stop of the week's competition. Frasers boasts a unique location in an antiques district, but some guests are left questioning whether the mattresses are heirlooms too when they discover a few unappealing stains. After spending the day exploring an antiques yard, Georgie and Frankie treat their guests to milkshakes at their family-run diner. Talk soon turns to payment day, making for a tense end to the evening.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2021-03-12

The last day of the competition sees the B&Bers eager to challenge each other about the feedback they've received, as Toni from Woodleys Farmhouse wants to know how she can improve her breakfast service. When one pair accuses another of game playing, things start to get emotional before the winning B&B is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The Bickford Arms
2021-03-15

The competition kicks off at The Bickford Arms in Holsworthy, Devon, where self-confessed rookie Keith Reynolds hopes his charisma can win over his more experienced rivals.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Newchester Farmhouse B&B
2021-03-16

Abby Norton welcomes her fellow hoteliers to Newchester Farmhouse B&B in Merriott, Somerset. Collette and Danny are impressed by the superstar quality beds, although Justin and Mike find the linen lacking - and Keith just misses modern technology.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: Quay Inn
2021-03-17

The third stay is at the Quay Inn in Minehead, Somerset, where Collette Whiteoak and Danny Kelly are confident their traditional pub atmosphere will be a hit with their rivals. But there are a few cleanliness issues, and the battle of the banger continues over breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Old Walls Vineyard Luxury Lodges
2021-03-18

Justin Head and Mike Smyth host the final visit of the week at Old Walls Vineyard Luxury Lodges in Bishopsteignton in Devon. On arrival, Abby is captivated by the stunning location, but Collette and Danny find fault with their luxury lodge. During breakfast, Danny deems his egg more greasy spoon than fancy bistro. Come feedback time, Justin and Mike are left feeling furious.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2021-03-19

The B&Bers meet for the last time to find out how much they've been paid and to settle some scores. Keith clears up Collette's cleanliness critique, as well as the paintwork problems flagged by Mike and Justin. Abby gets to grips with Keith's lack of TV and wi-fi provision, and Collette and Danny want to tackle Mike and Justin's cleanliness comments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: Grantham Arms
2021-03-22

At the Grantham Arms in Boroughbridge, North Yorkshire, hosts Simon and Joe hope that dazzling décor and Joe's amazing hosting skills will be a winning combination.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Driftwood Luxury Lodges
2021-03-23

In the week's second visit, the B&Bers are off glamping at Driftwood Luxury Lodges in Derbyshire. Host Carl Insley is obsessed with interior design and hopes his style will be a hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Stamford
2021-03-24

We're off to the seaside for the week's third visit. Rick and Sarah Blaney run The Stamford in Southport, but get off to a bad start when some guests dislike the impersonal self check-in.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Fauconberg Arms
2021-03-25

Mum and daughter Annelies and Claudia Richardson host the final visit of the week at the Fauconberg Arms in North Yorkshire, where they think the food is just as important as the rooms

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2021-03-26

Payment day brings with it frank discussions about everything from questionable hosting skills to substandard breakfasts, before the B&Bers learn how much they've been paid and who's won.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Juniperlea Inn
2021-03-29

The week kicks off at The Juniperlea Inn in Midlothian, where host Carly aims to wow her rivals with her stylish décor. But one guest certainly isn't wowed by the roadside location.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: Starshinezzz
2021-03-30

The B&Bers head to Starshinezzz in County Durham. Host Dave Taylor hopes that his renowned hospitality will make him a winner, but a chaotic breakfast could scupper his plans.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Hideaway at Baxby Manor
2021-03-31

It's Barney's turn to host, at The Hideaway at Baxby Manor in North Yorkshire. His guests are charmed by the countryside 'Hobbit Huts', but hidden costs ruin things for one pair.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Hideout Hotel
2021-04-01

The last visit of the week is to Jodie and Enya's Hideout Hotel in Hull. The guests are impressed by the self-catered apartments, until a dramatic breakfast derails one pair's stay.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2021-04-02

It's payment day, and the BandBers debate their differences on everything from sleep issues to bathroom hygiene, before the winning BandB is crowned.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Nightsky Glamping
2021-04-05

The competition begins in Abersoch at NightSky Glamping. After a trip to the local beach for an afternoon bodyboarding, Morgan reveals that he isn't a fan of camping.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Johnny Dough's
2021-04-07

Visit two is to Johnny Dough's Restaurant with Rooms in Conwy, north Wales. After a boat trip, host Morgan reveals his surprising past. Will his efforts produce good scores in the feedback?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: The Royal Oak
2021-04-07

We're off to the Peak District for the week's third visit, at The Royal Oak, run by Kadir. But two sets of B&Bers experience some mouldy misery in their bathrooms.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: The Dovecote Inn
2021-04-08

The last visit of the week is to The Dovecote Inn in Nottinghamshire, run by Sam and Sophie. Can their cracking continental turn things around after an underwhelming day out?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2021-04-09

On payment day, cutlery quibbles, grout gripes and breakfast bombshells are debated, before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Creates Monmouth
2021-04-12

The week kicks off in Monmouthshire, South Wales, at Kenny and Ben's Creates Monmouth B&B. The B&Bers are wowed by the wild interiors, but there's a worrying lack of privacy for one guest.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Coastal Park Accommodation
2021-04-13

Visit two is to Coastal Park Accommodation in Llanelli, run by Claire. Some cleanliness issues leave one pair of B&Bers quibbling, and there's a fiery exchange over evening drinks.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Queens at Horton
2021-04-14

The B&Bers are in Shropshire for the week's third visit, at The Queens at Horton pub and B&B, run by Billy and Tracy. Ex-police officer Billy hopes the luxury rooms will win them the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Whychurch Farm Glamping
2021-04-15

Whychurch Farm Glamping in Wiltshire is the week's final destination, where host Caroline thinks getting her fellow B&Bers to muck in and help out on the farm is a good way to spend a day

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2021-04-16

On payment day, the B&Bers argue about alarms and clash over cleanliness before the payments are revealed and the best value B&B of the week is crowned

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Churchill's Hotel
2021-04-19

The competition commences at Churchill's Hotel in Barnsley, run by Jeff and Vicky. Their ethos is luxury for less, but will their first-ever breakfast service damage their chances?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Darnells' Farm Luxury Glamping
2021-04-20

Danni and Graham host at Darnells' Farm Luxury Glamping in Herefordshire. Will luxury lodgings and a race through a maze win them the week?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Hatton Court Hotel
2021-04-21

On day three, the B&Bers visit Gloucester, where Natasha and Laura host at Hatton Court Hotel. The classic country style of the hotel is a big hit, but one guest has a restless night.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Ladbroke Hotel
2021-04-22

We're in the heart of Birmingham for the week's final visit to The Ladbrooke Hotel. Host Snehal aims for perfection, but some guests think their rooms are far from flawless.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2021-04-23

It's payment day, and one B&Ber in particular is on the warpath. After some brekkie bust-ups and plenty of tension, who will be crowned the best value B&B of the week?

Runtime: 30 min
Season 21 (2021)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Avalon Guest House
2021-09-13

This week's competition begins in Newquay in Cornwall, at Avalon Guest House, where the owners' taste in lime green decor does not prove as relaxing as planned for the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: The Bear Inn
2021-09-14

The hoteliers spend the night at the Bear Inn at Wincanton, Somerset, where ex-Army man Matt Garvin takes them for a day of survival training - and as a trained chef, hopes to serve up a perfect breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: The Chelsea Hotel
2021-09-15

The rivals head to Bournemouth, where Chris and Nicky Horton run the Chelsea Hotel. For entertainment, they treat the guests to a day on the water - but the weather is against them.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: The Holford Arms
2021-09-16

The last visit of the week is to The Holford Arms in Tetbury in Gloucestershire, where Will Robson and Loz Cooper plan to put their pub's prized produce into the spotlight

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2021-09-17

The contest that began at Avalon Guest House in Cornwall sees the B&Bers meet up to air their grievances from that stay and the three others that followed. Two sets of B&Bers have an argument over breakfast comments, while facilities failures prove to be a big point of contention. After the disagreements are settled, the payments are revealed and the winners are crowned.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: Doghouse Margate
2021-09-20

This week's competition kicks off at Doghouse Margate in Kent, Fe and Mel's dog-friendly retreat. But their minimalist approach disappoints some of the guests.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: The New Inn
2021-09-21

Paul and Debbie welcome their rivals to the New Inn pub in Winchelsea, East Sussex, where they push the boat out during an afternoon at a nature reserve, followed by a relaxed evening over drinks, only to jeopardise their chances with delays at breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: The King's Head
2021-09-22

The guests arrive at the King's Head in Lewes, East Sussex, where Penny and Emma are proud of their luxury service. But Dave is not feeling so pampered by the lack of tea bags.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: Stuart House Hotel
2021-09-23

The B&Bers head to King's Lynn in Norfolk for the week's final visit, where Dave and Emma host at Stuart House Hotel. Penny and Emma are left feeling blue when they arrive and make a shocking discovery in their toilet. There's a mixed reaction when the hosts treat everyone to a boat trip, with one guest in particular struggling to find their sea legs.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2021-09-24

Payment day finds Fe and Mel from Doghouse Margate wasting no time in asking Dave to spill the tea on the comments he left them. The New Inn hosts Paul and Debbie want to clear the air with Penny and Emma, who themselves feel that the feedback regarding their breakfast baskets at the King's Head was unfair. Finally, Stuart House Hotel duo Dave and Emma are keen to find out why one of their guests had an unpleasant night's sleep.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: B&B at No 3
2021-09-27

The competition begins at B&B at No 3 in Market Bosworth, Leicestershire, where disappointments include issues with the bedding, refreshment problems and a breakfast bombshell.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: The Bull Hotel
2021-09-28

The best-value B&B contest continues at the Bull Hotel in Stony Stratford, Buckinghamshire, where Ian and Bev are not impressed by the decor, and breakfast is a topsy-turvy affair.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: The Chequers Inn
2021-09-29

The hoteliers stay at the Chequers Inn in Battle, East Sussex, where Shaun and Kelly Filsell hope the historic surroundings and gourmet breakfast will trump their rivals.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: Hastings House
2021-09-30

The week's final visit is to Hastings House in St Leonards-on-Sea in East Sussex, where hosts Ian and Bev Jarvie are determined to provide an upmarket experience for their guests. Noreen and Chloe, however, are left feeling decidedly rough by the towels in their room.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2021-10-01

The rivals reunite to discuss their feedback and there are plenty of grievance, not least Mac and Jo wanting to get to the bottom of Ian and Bev's dressing gown comment. Room service, dusty rooms and coarse towels are all debated before the payments are revealed and the winning B&B is crowned.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: The View
2021-10-04

The first of this week's destinations is The View in Tynemouth, where guests take a a picturesque steam train journey, but are less than happy to be sharing a bathroom.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Northern Hotel
2021-10-05

The best-value B&B contest continues at Northern Hotel in Angus, where everything is going great for Pawel and Joanna until breakfast time, when the hosts crumble in the kitchen.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: The Kirkstyle Inn
2021-10-06

The rivals stay over at the Kirkstyle Inn in Dunning, Perth, where the quirky design and a leaky ceiling do not work in host Jess's favour. Can she swing things round at breakfast?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: Hazeldene Guest House
2021-10-07

The week's final visit is to Hazeldene Guest House in Perth, run by hospitality veterans Rob and Glenda. Jess isn't awash with praise for the bathrooms, but a tipsy trip to a whisky distillery puts everyone in good spirits. Breakfast is also a hit, but the hosts have a nagging feeling that one B&Ber's feedback could make for difficult reading.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2021-10-08

The B&Bers confront each other about their stays at The View, Northern Hotel, The Kirkstyle Inn and Hazeldene Guest House. There are some frosty heating comments and breakfast bombshells, before the payments are revealed and the winners announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: The Horseshoe Hotel
2021-10-11

The first destination of the week is the Horseshoe Hotel in Egton Bridge, North Yorkshire, where a fancy machine causes confusion but breakfast and eco toiletries prove a big hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Dixie Arms
2021-10-12

The B&B battle continues in Market Bosworth at the Dixie Arms, run by Alex, whose blingy beds impress two of the guests. However, not all of the facilities are quite as successful.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: Bradbury's of Blackpool
2021-10-13

The third visit of the week is to Bradbury's of Blackpool, where former flight attendant Matt is hoping to change his guests' perceptions of the seaside town.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: Little Oakhurst
2021-10-14

The final visit of the week is to Little Oakhurst, in Stonyhurst near Clitheroe, run by husband-and-wife team Andy and Joanne. The guests are immediately captivated by the stunning location, with views over the Lancashire countryside, though the optional and additional breakfast brings some mixed reviews. At feedback time, it becomes clear that glamping isn't for everyone.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2021-10-15

There's plenty of score settling to be done on payment day, as the B&Bers dissect the week, before the payments are revealed and the winners are announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: Becketts
2021-10-18

The first destination of the week is Becketts in Southsea, Portsmouth, where parking problems, a duvet disaster and a noisy night leave host Terence facing less than perfect scores.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: Westby Guest House
2021-10-19

At The Westby Guest House in Boscombe, Duncan and Jessie have a systematic approach to running a B&B. Although the rooms are impressive, Duncan's strict house rules soon leave a sour taste. [S]

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Newell Restaurant and Rooms
2021-10-20

Paul and Tracey host at Newell Restaurant and Rooms in Dorset. Terence is taken with the blissful bedding, but Duncan's substandard slumber and the communal coffee zone prove controversial.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Lydcott Glamping
2021-10-21

The final visit, to Lydcott Glamping in Cornwall, is hosted by Emma and Rich. All the guests are taken with the spectacular surroundings but less so with their cabins and the DIY breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2021-10-22

The B&Bers meet up on payment day to settle their differences. There's plenty of finger pointing to be done, before the payments are revealed and we find out which B&B has won the week.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: The Peniarth Arms
2021-10-25

The contest begins at The Peniarth Arms in Bryncrug, where host Susanne Fox is joined by her best friend and colleague Anwen Roberts, but a revelation raises some eyebrows.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Apple Camping
2021-10-26

Toby Rhys Davies is second to host at Apple Camping in Redberth, Pembrokeshire, where he hopes his unique take on glamping will impress his rivals. The UFO and aeroplane accommodation prove a hit with the guests - but come feedback time, there's just something missing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Garden House
2021-10-27

The third visit is to the Garden House in Blagdon, Somerset, where host and chef Ryan Blackman is hoping his breakfast will wow his guests. But when morning comes around, Susanne and Anwen find their brekkie hard to stomach.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: Ivy House
2021-10-28

The guest house owners head to Ivy House in St Austell, Cornwall, home to James Earl. Susanne and Anwen marvel at the delightful views, but the lack of a lock is a key issue for Ryan and Sarah. At breakfast, Toby's PJs are on the menu but it's the sausage that's under scrutiny for Susanne and Anwen.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2021-10-29

The guest house owners meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and to settle some scores. Ryan and Sarah seem rather upset over cleanliness concerns and James wants to chew over some tough breakfast feedback. Some strong opinions are aired, and differences debated before the payments are revealed and a winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: Rooms@119
2021-11-01

The B&Bers are in Ramsgate, Kent for the first visit of the week, where partners Tess and Pete hope their seaside home from home, Rooms@119, will prove a relaxing retreat. Things don't get off to the best start though, when Hillary and Mark discover some unfinished business in their room. In the morning, Pete turns his hand to cooking for six for the first time ever, but finds out the hard way that any waiting around results in lost points come feedback time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Stable Oak Cottages
2021-11-02

Mother and daughter Laurain and Kerry are second to host at Stable Oak Cottages in Maidstone, Kent, where they are confident their self-catering accommodation will be a hit.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Hedgerow Luxury Glamping
2021-11-03

Hosts and dairy farmers Hillary and Mark are hoping to show their guests some high-end hospitality at Hedgerow Luxury Glamping in Clitheroe, Lancashire. But Natasha and Tanya are put off by the discovery of a rather creepy visitor.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Antelope Inn
2021-11-04

The final visit is to The Antelope Inn, in Upavon, Wiltshire, run by Natasha, who's joined in the competition by friend and colleague Tanya. Some guests are underwhelmed by the decor, while Kerry and Laurain find themselves complaining over staining in their room. Over dinner, Natasha's revelation about how she became a landlady leaves some of the guests questioning her credentials.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2021-11-05

The B&B owners meet for the last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. First up are Rich and Matt from the Cliff House Hotel, and after tackling Paul and Dave's complaints about the lack of blinds in the bathroom, it's another pair's payment that could prove curtains for their chances in the competition.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 41: Old Rose & Crown
2021-11-08

The week begins at the Old Rose & Crown in Birmingham, with hosts Andrew and Jo Hodges. But problems with paintwork and missing milk leave them with some meaty feedback to chew over.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 42: Middlewick
2021-11-09

Jill and Inez host the second visit of the week, at Middlewick in Glastonbury. The guests are confounded by a cottage next to a camping pod, and the avocado breakfast offering.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 43: The Griffin Inn
2021-11-10

At The Griffin Inn in Lincolnshire, hosts Jamie and Leila take the guests on a tour of their family heritage. Guest Jo dishes the dirt on Jamie's decorating, and damp patches are a problem.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 44: Crossroads House
2021-11-11

The final visit is to Crossroads House in Carlisle, owned by Julie and Alistair. The guests note the B&B's roadside location and mismatched décor, and Julie lacks confidence in the kitchen.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2021-11-12

It's feedback time as the B&Bers discuss paying for breakfast and picky comments about paintwork. Harsh truths are aired before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 46: The Grange Boutique Hotel
2021-11-15

At The Grange Boutique Hotel in Cumbria, Jackie and Nigel hope to impress with high-end suites. But Simon finds his room stifling and the breakfast eggs aren't all they're cracked up to be.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 47: Rutland Luxury Lodges
2021-11-16

The B&Bers visit Rutland Luxury Lodges in Greetham, owned by Ruth and Lucy Hinch. The guests find luxury in abundance, but Jackie and Nigel get hot and bothered about the bedding.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 48: The Leicester Arms
2021-11-17

The third visit of the week is to The Leicester Arms in Kent, hosted by husbands Laurence and Danny Bowes. Some guests get a spotless welcome, but Jackie and Nigel make dirty discoveries.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 49: Oakover Guest House
2021-11-18

The final visit is to Oakover Guest House in Weston-super-Mare, hosted by Simon Robinson and Ann Wilson. The B&Bers are delighted by the décor, but Lucy and Ruth get a frosty reception...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2021-11-19

It's feedback time as the B&Bers meet to complain about breakfast eggs, dirty rooms and sleepless nights. One owner's strategy comes under scrutiny, before the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 22 (2022)

No overview available.

39 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The Mason Arms
2022-01-31

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 2: Wards Hotel
2022-02-01

The rival hoteliers arrive at Wards Hotel in Folkestone, where hosts Dill and Darsy have high expectations to meet after revealing their extensive industry experience on day one.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 3: Queens Arms
2022-02-02

The contestants stay at Queens Arms in Berkshire, where horse racing enthusiasts Ben and Freddie treat their rivals to an afternoon of riding at nearby Newbury racecourse - only for an uncomfortable night and cleanliness complaints to cause the scores to tumble at feedback time.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 4: Midshires Way Campsite
2022-02-03

The B&Bers embrace the great outdoors at Brendon and Vicky's Nottinghamshire campsite. The unique lodges are a big hit, which is more than can be said for the DIY breakfast.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2022-02-04

It's payment day, and the hoteliers have scores of scores to settle before the scores are revealed and they find out which B&B has won a week featuring lost sleep and paltry payments.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 6: The Star & Garter
2022-02-07

The competition kicks off at the Star & Garter in Linlithgow, West Lothian, where guests have connectivity concerns as well as worries over the water supply in the morning.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 7: Larch Green Lodges
2022-02-08

Shona and John Mitchell host at Larch Green Lodges in Langbank. The guests are delighted by the sweeping views, but at breakfast time, a black pudding blunder leaves a lot to be desired.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 8: Distant Hills Guest House
2022-02-09

The B&Bers head for the Distant Hills Guest House in Spean Bridge, run by Dani and Cameron. The guests are blown away by the scenic views, but a dirty discovery leads to tears at feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 9: 18 Craigmillar Park
2022-02-10

The final visit takes the B&Bers to 18 Craigmillar Park in Edinburgh. The guests are impressed by host Craig's military precision, but feedback leaves him in quite a huff!

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2022-02-11

It's payment day and the B&Bers meet to discuss dirty remarks and filthy findings. After their differences are aired and discrepancies debated, the winner is announced.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 11: The George Inn
2022-02-14

The week kicks off at The George Inn in Barton-upon-Humber. Pete's hoping his cosy décor and quality cuisine will give him the edge, but the roadside location isn't up some guests' street.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 12: Cross Farm Cottages
2022-02-15

At Cross Farm Cottages in Holmfirth, Claire reckons she can pip her rivals to the post. But Pete and Alex get antsy about the Artex, while Malaya has a firm opinion about his mattress.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 13: New Valron Hotel
2022-02-16

At the New Valron Hotel in Blackpool, Malaya hopes that the seaside setting will blow his rivals out of the water. But a problem with the pipes sends the scores down the tubes...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 14: The Spinney Homestay
2022-02-17

The B&Bers visit The Spinney Homestay in Warwickshire, where Phil and Maria hope to impress with their swish sense of style. On a pedalo trip, the rivalry revs up with some raucous racing.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2022-02-18

The B&Bers meet to settle some scores and find out who's won. Dirty discoveries and sleep issues are on the agenda, and one payment in particular leaves Phil and Maria out in the cold.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 16: North Kingsfield Cottages
2022-02-21

Helen and her daughter Lauren kick off the week at North Kingsfield Cottages in Fraisthorpe, Yorkshire. But the bathrooms are showered with criticism and the lack of mirrors reflects badly.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 17: Crackin' View Guest House
2022-02-22

At Crackin' View Guest House in Northumberland, Steve and Maria reckon their scenic vista will win. But at breakfast, the hosts drop a clanger with the bangers.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 18: Domo Boutique Hotel
2022-02-23

Ali and his pal Serge host the third visit, at the Domo Boutique Hotel in Birmingham. Helen's dazzled by the décor, but a caffeine conundrum means trouble is brewing...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 19: The Crown Inn
2022-02-24

At The Crown Inn in Norfolk, Lisa and Neil hope that their historic setting will bag them the B&B crown. But there are 'paneful' observations about the windows, plus a lorry-load of noise.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2022-02-25

On the final day, the B&Bers discover how much they've been paid. Comments about curtains and off-colour feedback about bedding leave some hosts open-mouthed, before the winner is crowned.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 21: Village Limits
2022-02-28

The competition begins at Village Limits in Woodhall Spa, Lincolnshire, where David and Kim hope to impress with their stylish rooms. But there's a bothersome bathroom and some cheeky chat.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 22: The Old Mill
2022-03-01

Mother-and-daughter duo Zoe and Mea hope that their guests will lap up the luxury at The Old Mill in Yarm. But one pair think the extra cost for a deluxe room with a hot tub is a bit rich.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 23: The Elan Hotel
2022-03-02

At The Elan Hotel in Powys, Martin and Iris offer a no-frills approach and a banging breakfast. But the rooms lack the wow factor, and Spencer and Gavin aren't fans of going back to basics.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 24: The Royal Oak
2022-03-03

The final visit is to The Royal Oak Inn in Somerset, run by Spencer and Gavin. After talking a good game all week, the guests are shocked to find the standards to be rather... standard.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2022-03-04

On payment day, the guests rifle through their feedback, from troubles over a breakfast hamper to dodgy décor decisions. But at the end of it all, which B&B will reign supreme?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 26: The Trap Inn
2022-03-07

Nyoami and Joe host first at The Trap Inn in Northumberland. The guests love the décor, and a boat trip to spot some puffins is a big hit. But their porridge is a real sticking point...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 27: The Newholme Hotel
2022-03-08

At The Newholme Hotel in Blackpool, Nigel and Damian offer budget prices with high-end touches. But a surprise in the loo and a slimy serving at breakfast cause serious concerns.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 28: Portsonachan Hotel
2022-03-09

Liz and Tracey host at Portsonachan Hotel in Argyll and Bute. Some dirty discoveries dampen the guests' initial delight, and a guided tour of Inveraray Castle serves up some spooky tales.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 29: Lamlash Bay Hotel
2022-03-10

The final visit of the week is to Lamlash Bay Hotel on the Isle of Arran. As former cabin crew, host Meg hopes her customer service will fly her to victory, but a follicle failure taints her feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2022-03-11

On the final day of the competition, the B&Bers rifle through the feedback, from a lavatory let-down to fiddled French toast, before the payments are revealed and the winner is announced

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 31: Sherbourne House
2022-03-14

The first visit is to Sherbourne House in Norfolk. Pauline and Dave hope that their hospitality experience will give them the edge, but the rooms prove too hot for some guests to handle.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 32: Holywell House
2022-03-15

Musical theatre lovers Lez and Derek hope to dazzle their guests with a showstopping stay. But cutting comments about the glassware and some surprisingly low scores cause drama for the duo.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 33: The Greyhound Hotel
2022-03-16

The B&Bers visit The Greyhound Hotel in Cromford, Derbyshire. Tina and Danielle blow their guests away with the comfy beds, but a trickle of traffic leads to some rude awakenings.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 34: The Royal Hotel
2022-03-17

The final visit is to The Royal Hotel in Clacton-on-Sea, Essex. Vicki and Kara wow the guests with their boutique seafront hotel, but talk turns tense with accusations of foul play...

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2022-03-18

The B&Bers meet for the last time to settle some scores. There's beef about breakfast and tabletop troubles, and Derek discusses his slumber sorrows. Which B&B has won the week?

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 36: The Swan Inn
2022-03-21

The first visit is to The Swan Inn in Midhurst, West Sussex, run by Digby Furneaux. A sunny breakfast leaves the guests satisfied, but Cleide feels rather exposed by the bathroom window.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 37: Osterley Park Hotel
2022-03-22

At Osterley Park Hotel in Isleworth, host Sunny Pharroda is joined by his colleague, Faraah Payenda. All the guests complain about a cleaning catastrophe and Digby makes an early check out.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 38: Plover Cottage
2022-03-23

Cleide Brook hosts at Plover Cottage in Huddersfield. The guests are amazed by the space, but Liz and Gary find more than they bargained for in their room, leading to some rude feedback.

Runtime: 30 min
Episode 39: The Forge Guest Rooms
2022-03-24

The final visit is to The Forge Guest Rooms in Long Whatton, Leicestershire, run by Liz and Gary Scottorn. The guests love the lux, but Cleide questions eating breakfast beside a hot tub.

Runtime: 30 min
Season 23 (2022)

No overview available.

50 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The Mason Arms
2022-01-31

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 2: Wards Hotel
2022-02-01

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 3: Queens Arms
2022-02-02

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 4: Midshires Way Campsite
2022-02-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2022-02-04

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 6: The Star & Garter
2022-02-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 7: Larch Green Lodges
2022-02-08

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 8: Distant Hills Guest House
2022-02-09

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 9: 18 Craigmillar Park
2022-02-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2022-02-11

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 11: The George Inn
2022-02-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 12: Cross Farm Cottages
2022-02-15

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 13: New Valron Hotel
2022-02-16

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 14: The Spinney Homestay
2022-02-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2022-02-18

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 16: North Kingsfield Cottages
2022-02-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 17: Crackin' View Guest House
2022-02-22

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 18: Domo Boutique Hotel
2022-02-23

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 19: The Crown Inn
2022-02-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2022-02-25

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 21: Village Limits
2022-02-28

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 22: The Old Mill
2022-03-01

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 23: The Elan Hotel
2022-03-02

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 24: The Royal Oak Inn
2022-03-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2022-03-04

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 26: The Trap Inn
2022-03-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 27: The Newholme Hotel
2022-03-08

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 28: Portsonachan Hotel
2022-03-09

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 29: Lamlash Bay Hotel
2022-03-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2022-03-11

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 31: Sherbourne House Hotel
2022-03-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 32: Holywell House
2022-03-15

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 33: The Greyhound Hotel
2022-03-16

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 34: The Royal Hotel
2022-03-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2022-03-18

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 36: The Swan Inn
2022-03-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 37: Osterley Park Hotel
2022-03-22

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 38: Plover Cottage
2022-03-23

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 39: The Forge Guest Rooms
2022-03-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2022-03-25

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 41: The Jewellery Suites
2022-03-28

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 42: The Griffin Inn
2022-03-29

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 43: The Kedleston Country House
2022-03-30

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 44: Cedarville Guest House
2022-03-31

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2022-04-01

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 46: Gracelands Glamping
2022-05-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 47: Manse on the Beach
2022-05-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 48: The Secret Garden Glamping
2022-05-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 49: Hawthorn Hideaway
2022-05-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 50: Payment Day
2022-05-07

Runtime: N/A min
Season 25 (2023)

No overview available.

45 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Derwent House
2023-02-06

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 2: Burton Constable Holiday Park
2023-02-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 3: The Crossings Inn
2023-02-08

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 4: Plas Maenan Country House
2023-02-09

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2023-02-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 6: The World's End
2023-02-13

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 7: Duplex Relocations
2023-02-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 8: Taypark House
2023-02-15

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 9: Payment Day
2023-02-16

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 10: Highlights
2023-02-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 11: Manor House Inn
2023-02-20

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 12: Orchard Glamping
2023-02-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 13: Hotel Ellenby
2023-02-22

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 14: The Crown Inn
2023-02-23

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2023-02-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 16: Mayfield Hotel
2023-02-27

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 17: Sutherlands Hotel
2023-02-28

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 18: Brampton Dales Farm
2023-03-01

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 19: Valley View
2023-03-02

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2023-03-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 21: Cedarwood Holidays
2023-03-06

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 22: The Llawnroc Hotel
2023-03-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 23: The Olde Malthouse
2023-03-08

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 24: The Britannia Inn
2023-03-09

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2023-03-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 26: Fountain Cottage
2023-03-13

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 27: The Shuckburgh Arms
2023-03-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 28: Beachside Holidays
2023-03-15

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 29: Hatter's Hotel
2023-03-16

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2023-03-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 31: Daisy Bank Camp
2023-03-20

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 32: The Lion and Swan
2023-03-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 33: The Three Hills
2023-03-22

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 34: Hotel of Wizardry
2023-03-23

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2023-03-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 36: Sawcliffe Manor
2023-03-27

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 37: Rooms at the Inn
2023-03-28

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 38: Rob's Wolds Wine Estate
2023-03-29

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 39: Dovestone Holiday Park
2023-03-30

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2023-03-31

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 41: Railway Hotel Apartments
2023-04-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 42: Llys Aeron Guest House
2023-04-04

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 43: Penrallt Country House Hotel
2023-04-05

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 44: Elm Escapes
2023-04-06

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 45: Payment Day
2023-04-07

Runtime: N/A min
Season 26 (2023)

No overview available.

35 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Greenhills Hotel
2023-09-25

The first venue of the week is Greenhills Hotel in Tenby, Pembrokeshire, where the guests go on a seal safari and the breakfast is more greasy spoon than country hotel.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 2: Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park
2023-09-26

Hospitality obsessive Tom hosts the group at his Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park in Gower, Swansea which offers glamping yurts and caravan stays.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 3: The Tal-y-Cafn
2023-09-27

Chef Dan and his partner Lucy hope to cook up a storm for their guests at The Tal-y-Cafn in Conwy.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 4: Cambrian House B&B
2023-09-28

The week's final visit is to Cambrian House B&B in Carno, Powys, where husband-and-wife team Jacqui and Ivan think their value for money will be unbeatable.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2023-09-29

The 1,000 episode sees auntie and niece duo Maxine Walker and Tegan Styles of Greenhills Hotel in Pembrokeshire get to the bottom of Tom's bathroom blues. Tom Beynon, owner of Three Cliffs Bay Holiday Park in south Wales also wants to know why he received a roasting for his hosting.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 6: Tay House
2023-10-02

The competition kicks off at Tay House in Dunkeld, Scotland, where colleagues Mike and Kat are hoping their guests will find a home from home in their traditional Scottish hotel.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 7: Aberlour Hotel
2023-10-03

The second visit of the week is to the Aberlour Hotel in Moray. Kellie and Alison host and take their guests on a trip to a local whisky distillery enjoyed by all but some cleanliness comments at feedback time leave them disappointed.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 8: Cobblehouse Country Cabins
2023-10-04

Graham and Emma host the third visit of the week at Cobblehouse Country Cabins in Turriff, Aberdeenshire. After some fly fishing on the River Deveron and a DIY breakfast it's some fusty old furniture that leave the hosts floundering at feedback time.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 9: Trinity Boutique B&B
2023-10-05

The final visit of the week is to Trinity Boutique B&B in Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, where host Yuliya reckons her interior design background will delight her guests. The B&Bers certainly find the furnishings fantastic - until one pair do some trash talking about their bin. Yuliya treats her guests to an afternoon in a prison, before wowing her guests with a rather substantial breakfast.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2023-10-06

Payment day sees the holiday hosts meet one last time to find out what they've been paid and settle some scores. Mike and Kat are keen to get to the bottom of their disappointing breakfast scores, before Kellie and Alison dissect some design comments. After cutting questions, cleanliness concerns and a Moroccan mismatch, who will take home the title as the best value B&B?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 11: Haven House B&B
2023-10-09

The new run continues in Leyburn, North Yorkshire, where hosts Iain and Tracey are boastful about their breakfast at Haven House B&B. But will facilities failures foil their chances?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 12: Southport
2023-10-10

In Southport, can an Italian father and son clinch the competition with a cracking continental? Or will a sausage shortage scupper their chances?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 13: The Venue
2023-10-11

Leah and Liv host at The Venue in Huddersfield where guest apartments sit alongside student accommodation. The guests are impressed with the low-cost comfort but the lack of a bathroom door is not very popular. The B&Bers enjoy an afternoon of crazy golf.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 14: Isabella's Yard
2023-10-12

Katie and Rosie host at Isabella's Yard in Stamford, Lincolnshire. Tracey and Iain are blown away by their room, but Leah and Liv aren't sure that theirs measures up. The hosts treat their guests to a quintessentially British day out with afternoon tea on an old train- and the guests get steaming with plenty of bubbles on offer.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2023-10-12

Payment day finds the B&Bers sharpening their knives ready to take each other to task over their feedback. Iain and Tracey want to know why their décor's been called dated when the wallpaper's only been up a week, and Fabrizio and Roberto have been losing sleep over one of their scores

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 16: Northlands Farm
2023-10-16

The first destination of the week is Northlands Farm in Chichester, where host Keith offers the full farm experience and an afternoon of paddleboarding on his very own lake.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 17: Mad Hatters Campsite
2023-10-18

Claire hosts the second visit of the week at the Mad Hatters Campsite in Ely, Cambridgeshire. Martha and Lisa love the Wonderland theme but Giovanni and Enzo are not happy with the lack of ensuite.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 18: The Redan Inn
2023-10-19

Lisa and Martha host the third visit of the week at The Redan Inn in Chilcompton, Somerset. The guests love the quirky interiors and breakfast goes down a treat but Giovanni and Enzo get picky about plates.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 19: The Limes
2023-10-20

The final visit of the week is to The Limes in Maldon, Essex. Hosts Giovanni and Enzo hope their luxurious rooms will impress their guests - and the B&Bers are certainly happy to drink in the additional extras at check-in. They spend the afternoon at nearby Radio Caroline, the famous pirate radio station on a boat in Chelmsford. Breakfast dazzles most of the guests, and Giovanni and Enzo think they're onto a winner.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2023-10-20

Payment Day sees Keith try to get to the bottom of the concerning cleanliness score that's been bugging him. Lisa and Martha are also keen to uncover why Enzo and Giovanni weren't blown away by their breakfast, before the boys turn the tables to quiz their rivals about some fussy feedback.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 21: Ocean Guesthouse
2023-10-23

The first destination is the Ocean Guesthouse in Weymouth, where host Maxine finds some cleanliness comments concerning a marked mattress hard to swallow.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 22: Dartmoor Reach
2023-10-24

Josh and Natalie host the second visit at their glamping site Dartmoor Reach in Bovey Tracey, Devon. Maxine finds herself hankering for a hotel after an unexpected guest in her tent and the vibes aren't as zen as the hosts would hope at the onsite yoga class.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 23: The George Inn
2023-10-25

Gareth and Jonny host the third visit of the week at The George Inn in Plympton, Devon. The guests enjoy an afternoon at the zoo but Maxine has some cleanliness concerns.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 24: The Crown and Victoria Inn
2023-10-26

The competition continues in Tintinhull in Somerset, at The Crown and Victoria Inn, where Surinder and Safia are hoping that their guests will give them the royal seal of approval.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2023-10-27

Payment day sees Maxine confront Gareth and Jonny about their complaints with her mattress, and Surinder and Safia dust off their cleanliness criticisms.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 26: The Golden Grove Retreat
2023-10-30

The first destination of the week is the Golden Grove Retreat in Carmarthenshire, featuring an afternoon of yoga and a healthy breakfast that leaves guests pining for a fry-up.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 27: Rosita Guest House
2023-10-31

The rivals arrive at Rosita Guest House in Weston-super-Mare, where hosts Sheila and Phil dream of perfect scores. Things get off to a great start - until unexpected items turn up.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 28: King Square Apartments
2023-11-01

The third visit is to King Square Apartments in Bridgwater, Somerset. Pam and Mya hope their self-catering digs will do the business, and the guests are certainly wowed by the building - but not the princely price tag.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 29: Hartridge Springs
2023-11-02

The week's final visit is to Hartridge Springs in Upottery in Devon, where Anton and Emma hope their upmarket glampsite will bring a touch of opulence to the Great Outdoors. However, with some first-time campers among their guests, they've got their work cut out. The B&Bers try their best not to fall asleep while Anton talks about fossils on an open-top tram. At breakfast, the guests find out, it's quite hard to cook a fry-up without a frying pan.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2023-11-03

Payment Day finds the B&Bers champing at the bit to tear some shreds off each other. Rob and Louise want to straighten out Anton's bed bother, while Pam and Mya prepare to give some cutting feedback about knives that aren't sharp enough. After everyone's had their say, the week's winners are revealed.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 31: The Gun
2023-11-06

The first visit of the week is to community-owned B&B The Gun at Ridsdale. A visit to a birds of prey centre results in one guest's feathery hat getting some special attention.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 32: Marthrown of Mabie
2023-11-07

The rivals go glamping at the Marthrown of Mabie site tucked away in a forest in Dumfries, where hosts Mike and Pam hope their guests will embrace the off-grid experience. Unfortunately, Louise and Kerry quickly find the loos to be bog standard, and get buzzed off by some uninvited guests in their accommodation.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 33: Dale View
2023-11-08

The rivals are in the village of Holmrook in Cumbria, where Jo and Craig host at their Dale View B&B. The scenery is spectacular, but Kerry and Louise can't dust off their cleanliness concerns. After an afternoon aboard a steam train touring the Cumbrian hills, the guests bond over a few drinks. But Jo is left kicking herself after a poached egg disaster the next morning.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 34: The Cross Inn
2023-11-09

The week's final visit is to the Cross Inn in Heptonstall, West Yorkshire. Eccentric hosts Gig and Lyndsey hope to impress with their 'one-of-a-kind' style. The B&Bers take it easy with a canal boat tour of the nearby waterways, before they're served gin by a giant sloth at Gig's gig venue.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2023-11-10

Payment day arrives, and with some sore feelings festering, the B&Bers are ready to dish out the dirt on their competitors. Louise and Kerry want to know why Jo and Craig didn't like their B&B. Jo and Craig want to know why Louise and Kerry didn't like their B&B.

Runtime: 23 min
Season 27 (2024)

No overview available.

40 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: The Sportsman
2024-04-15

This week's competition kicks off at The Sportsman in Whitworth, Lancashire, where Steve and Georgia are hoping to win over their guests with bargain rooms and big breakfasts.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 2: Lahtle Wood Glamping
2024-04-16

Sarah hosts the second visit of the week at Lahtle Wood Glamping in North Yorkshire, where she is joined in her duties by her sister-in-law, also called Sarah. The B&Bers find themselves cooing over the cabins when they pitch up, but Steve and Georgia aren't sure about the value. After a visit to an old air raid shelter, Steve drops some truth bombs on the other B&Bers about what he really thinks about the accommodation. Come feedback time, the Sarahs contend with some difficult comments about prices

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 3: Cley Hall Hotel
2024-04-17

Joe hosts the third visit of the week, at the stately, Grade II listed Cley Hall Hotel in Lincolnshire. The B&Bers find themselves steeped in history, before letting out some anger as they try out blacksmithing but a noisy night drives Paul to distraction, and both the Sarahs get a little too hot under the collar.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 4: Bumble Barn
2024-04-18

The last visit of the week is to Bumble Barn Luxury B&B in Norfolk, where professional chef Paul and co-worker Debbie are looking to cook up a storm. Following a history lesson at an RAF museum, Paul indulges his guests by namedropping some of the illustrious people he's cooked for in the past. With expectations through the roof for breakfast, the pressure is on for him to deliver. However, some brutal feedback leaves Paul sharpening his extensive collection of knives ahead of Payment Day.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2024-04-19

Payment Day sees backstabbing, blazing barneys, explosive confrontations and plenty of vendettas to settle. Steve and Georgia aren't happy with their breakfast scores, the Sarahs are angry about their hot tub's frosty reception, Joe's tossing and turning about his sleep scores, and Paul is ready to take everyone to task about some low blows in his feedback. When the dust settles, the winner is finally revealed.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 6: Rosaire Guest House
2024-04-22

This week's competition kicks off at Rosaire Guest House in Llandudno, where host Jo and her mum Pat are going for a home-from-home vibe.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 7: The Queens Hotel
2024-04-23

Rachel and Liam host the second visit of the week at The Queens Hotel in Harlech. Professional impersonator Liam is hoping to impress with his impersonations but an issue in the bathroom gives Pat a sinking feeling.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 8: The Mill at Glynhir
2024-04-24

Visit three is to The Mill at Glynhir in Llandybie, Carmarthenshire. Mat and Helen are hoping their renovated mill will fit the bill. At first, their guests struggle to find fault - until Pat discovers that standards in the bathroom may have slipped. Things get prickly during a visit to a botanical garden in the afternoon but it's at feedback time that the hosts have the biggest thorn in their sides.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 9: Hideaway Escapes
2024-04-25

The week's final visit is to Hideaway Escapes in Pembrokeshire, where sisters Lesley and Sarah are looking to inject a bit of colour into everyone's lives. The idea of getting back to nature bugs half of the B&Bers - and things get spicy when one set of guests refuse their room and take refuge in the car instead, leaving Lesley and Sarah all revved up come feedback time.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2024-04-26

With facility failings, bathroom blues and even one set of B&Bers refusing to even try out one of their rivals' rooms all on the agenda, Payment Day is set to be a feisty occasion. It remains to be seen who will emerge victorious when the dust settles.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 11: The Earlsdale
2024-04-29

The week kicks off at The Earlsdale in Devon, where married couple Lewis and James hope their bold sense of style will prove a hit, although a dribbly shower rains on their chances.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 12: The Kings Arms
2024-04-30

In Bude in Cornwall, the B&Bers visit The Kings Arms, where hosts Sally and Jo set out to give their guests the royal treatment. During the last visit, the pair were bullish about their spotless cleanliness standards - so, naturally, that's the first thing all of their guests check as soon as they arrive. And it comes back to bite Sally and Jo at feedback time, as they accuse some of their rivals of tit-for-tat marking.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 13: East Creek B&B
2024-05-01

In Dorset, newbie B&Ber Hilary aims to provide a home-from-home at her East Creek B&B - which doubles as her actual family home. The stunning coastal views instantly earn Hilary some brownie points, but a lavatory let-down leaves two guests with a dilemma. After a visit to a sculpture park, Hilary has an awkward moment dealing with a complaint, leading to some low scores in her feedback.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 14: The Railway Ramblers' Rest
2024-05-02

The final visit of the week is to The Railway Ramblers' Rest in Devon, where hosts Nikki and Terry hope their unique take on self-catering will secure them the plaque. However, simmering tensions between two of their guests threaten to derail things - and a simple breakfast the next morning isn't to everyone's taste.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2024-05-03

The B&Bers meet up on payment day to settle some scores and find out how much they've been paid. Cleanliness concerns are at the top of the agenda for most of the hosts, after one pair gave consistently low scores throughout the week. Allegations of foul play get the blood boiling, before the little pink envelopes come out and the identity of the winner is revealed.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 16: The Plough Inn
2024-05-06

The first venue of the week is the Plough Inn in Ripple, Kent, where guests are treated to an afternoon of seal spotting, but are less than impressed by an old bath mat.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 17: The Old Crown Coaching Inn
2024-05-07

The B&Bers head to Faringdon in Oxfordshire, where best friends Simone and Anke host the week's second visit at The Old Crown Coaching Inn. Roy and Brian find the furnishings fit for a king, but some of the guests find the cleanliness standards to be less-than sparkling. In the afternoon, a trip up a historic tower proves a step too far for Brian. Over a well-received breakfast the next morning, two of the guests ramp up expectations for their own visit.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 18: The Courthouse
2024-05-08

The week's third visit takes the B&Bers to Great Bromley in Essex, where married couple Richard and Colleen host at their B&B, The Courthouse. The hosts reckon they're onto a winner with their breakfast, but it's the extra touches in the rooms that really get the B&Bers singing their praises. Tensions are released during a trip to a rage room in nearby Colchester, before Richard gets teary during feedback.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 19: Samsara Retreat, Kent
2024-05-09

The week's final visit is to Samsara Retreat in Kent, where Lori hosts with her friend Mike. Lori hopes to provide a relaxing, re-energising stay, and sets about giving her guests an immediate taste of what her place is all about, with a yoga, meditation and gong bath session. However, come the next morning, some of their guests aren't feeling particularly rested.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2024-05-10

The B&Bers sharpen their metaphorical knives ready for Payment Day. The Plough Inn want to get to the bottom of their cleanliness comments, before Simone and Anke try to clean up Roy and Brian's marks about their mattress. Richard from The Courthouse is brought to tears by some feedback, before Lori and Mike put their sleep scores under the spotlight. After some heated debate, the payments are revealed and the winners announced

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 21: The Art Bank
2024-05-13

The competition kicks off in Kirkcudbrightshire, where Mandy and Suzanne at the Art Bank hope artistic flair will win them the week - but a shared bathroom is an instant black mark.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 22: Tithe Barn Hotel
2024-05-14

The second visit of the week is to the Tithe Barn Hotel in Cockermouth, Cumbria where hosts Amy and Anna hope their host-less hosting won't put off their guests but the self-check-in causes problems for one duo. Mandy and Suzanne dig up some issues from their own feedback during a visit to a mining museum, before the journey to the off-site breakfast the next morning proves hard to swallow for some B&Bers.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 23: The Sanderling
2024-05-15

On day three, married couple Dave and Meru hope their guests will love their traditional seaside guest house, The Sanderling in Morecambe. A walk along the Morecambe coast surprises some of the B&Bers, and a well-received bargain breakfast gives the hosts reason to be cheerful, but will some less-than-spotless cleanliness scores in the feedback tarnish their chances?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 24: The Curious Fox, Skipton
2024-05-16

The week's final visit is to the Curious Fox in Skipton, North Yorkshire, where hosts Lee and Janette think their combination of rooms and fine dining will wow their fellow competitors. However, an unwelcome discovery in one room could scupper them.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2024-05-17

Toilet troubles, bathroom bothers and some very picky comments are all on the agenda before the payments are disclosed and it is revealed who has won.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 26: The Red Lion
2024-05-20

This week's competition kicks off at The Red Lion in Charing Heath, Kent, where the owners treat the other hosts to a masterclass in hospitality at nearby Leeds Castle.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 27: Glamp in Style
2024-05-21

The competition continues in Battle in East Sussex, at Dean and Becky's Glamp in Style campsite. The hosts have novelty on their side, with their unique accommodation including a converted army truck, a horsebox and a vintage bus but not everyone is keen to embrace the alternative glamping experience. In the afternoon, Becky lets loose with a saucy tale amid the local fauna and flora and at feedback time, cold water leaves the hosts feeling the heat.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 28: Tottington Manor
2024-05-22

Best friends Helen and Phil host the week's third visit at Tottington Manor in West Sussex. Sam and Claudia are bowled over by the decor, but some guests raise their eyebrows at the high prices. An afternoon at a local rum distillery makes Helen and Phil the toast of the town. The hosts can't stop smiling when they run through their feedback - until some comments right at the end spoil things and give Helen an axe to grind for payment day.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 29: Lakeview Studios, Dorset
2024-05-23

Sam and Claudia host the week's final visit at their self-catering Lakeview Studios in Dorset. The digs get approving eyes from Claire and Lee, but Dean and Becky's arrival is marked by a problem with their toilet. Ahead of the all-important payment day, battle lines are drawn at a tank museum.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2024-05-24

Payment Day promises to be a fiery affair after two sets of B&Bers in particular participated in tit-for-tat marking throughout the week. Eventually, the week's winner is announced.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 31: Home Farm B&B
2024-05-27

The competition begins with Nick and Tim at Home Farm B&B in Milton Keynes, where secrets get revealed during a visit to the home of Second World War code breakers.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 32: The Vale Hotel
2024-05-28

The week's second visit takes the B&Bers to Cricklade in Wiltshire, where Iain and Tayla host at The Vale Hotel. Their breakfast-free, no frills ethos has some of the guests worried, but it's the proximity to a main road that causes the most concern for one pair. Over drinks, the gang try an intimacy exercise that leaves Tayla in an awkward position, before the noisy neighbourhood is cause for much consternation in the feedback.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 33: Cottage Lodge Hotel
2024-05-29

Francesca and Maurizio host the week's third visit at Cottage Lodge Hotel in Brockenhurst in The New Forest. The pair have a background in high-end hotels, and their green approach to hospitality leaves some of the B&Bers impressed but a tree hugging trip divides the group in the afternoon. The hosts' passion for local produce takes pride of place at breakfast but they're left with a sour taste over their facilities scores.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 34: Beach Sun Retreat
2024-05-30

Husband-and-wife team Karl and Rohini host the week's final visit, at Beach Sun Retreat in Dymchurch, Kent. Their unusual offering proves an acquired taste for some, as not everyone finds the onsite meditation experience as relaxing as intended. Drinks on the pair's indoor beach brightens the mood, but some are left feeling less enlightened by the veggie breakfast the next morning.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2024-05-31

It's payment day, and the B&Bers are ready to take each other to task about some dodgy comments throughout the week before the payments are revealed and the winners crowned.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 36: The Dog Inn
2024-06-03

The week begins at the Dog Inn in Longridge, Lancashire. Married couple Stu and Ali hope to impress their guests with a trip to a farm to see some baby lambs.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 37: Ullswater View
2024-06-04

The competition continues at Ullswater View in the Lake District, where Julie and her friend Sarah plan to give the B&Bers a touch of luxury. The group brave wet, windy conditions during a boat trip on the lake, and vibrant views from the breakfast room boost everyone's spirits. Until a sausage causes a problem.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 38: String of Horses
2024-06-05

The third visit of the week is at String of Horses in Cumbria where hosts Sue and Judith hope their guests enjoy the community feel of the place.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 39: Cove Farm, East Lothian
2024-06-06

The week's final visit is to East Lothian, where husband-and-wife team Gavin and Rosie host at Cove Farm. They're hoping to persuade their guests of the merits of glamping, convincing their guests to embrace the great outdoors with a wood-fired hot tub. However, tensions brew during a trip to a local brewery - and they're not eased by a complaint about the sleeping situation over drinks.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2024-06-07

Payment day finds the B&Bers trying to get their heads around all manner of things, from facilities faults to shoddy sleep scores. After a tension-filled visit last time around, there are plenty of scores to be settled, but whoever will reign supreme when the payments are revealed is anything but certain.

Runtime: 23 min
Season 28 (2024)

No overview available.

45 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Butterchurn Guesthouse
2024-10-21

The competition begins in Northumberland, where karaoke-loving hosts Darren and Bobby hope to hit the high notes with their home-from-home B&B and a visit to Hexham Abbey.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 2: Hillside Hotel
2024-10-22

The B&Bers take on a rope obstacle course suspended over open water in East Lothian.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 3: Bella Vista Lodge
2024-10-23

The latest tour continues in Blackpool, where Paul and entertainer Victoria are keen to put on a show for the B&Bers at their Bella Vista Lodge. Will bingo and karaoke help Paul and Victoria to overcome their guests' preconceptions about the seaside town?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 4: North Star Sanctum
2024-10-24

Simon and Lana host the week's final visit at North Star Sanctum in Fitling, East Yorkshire. The hosts look to lay on luxury with their lodges, so it's disheartening when one guest compares the place to a caravan park.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2024-10-25

Payment Day sees the B&Bers take each other to task on everything from insufficient slumber to hopeless hosting, before the payments are revealed and we find out who's won.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 6: Laurel Bank Hotel
2024-10-28

The competition kicks off at the Laurel Bank Hotel in Fife. Owners Lee and Emma come out swinging during an afternoon at an Edwardian mansion complete with its own golf course.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 7: Hidden Horizon Glampsite
2024-10-29

Winnie and Ashley host the second visit of the week at Hidden Horizon Glampsite in Clydebank, where some guests enjoy the luxury of the plush glamping pods while others are left wanting more.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 8: Lemonfield Hotel
2024-10-30

Father-and-daughter duo Jav and Sara host the third visit of the week at Lemonfield Hotel in Seaburn, Sunderland where their guests are treated to an afternoon of glass blowing.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 9: The Grays Hotel
2024-10-31

Gary and Chris host the week's final visit at The Grays Hotel in Blackpool. The B&Bers are pleasantly surprised by the colourful rooms, before Gary regales them with tales of his childhood during a tram tour along the seafront. Everything seems to be going well, until the guests find some issues at breakfast.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 10: Payment Day
2024-11-01

Tension abounds on payment day, with a number of suspiciously low scores throughout the week on the agenda. When the dust settles and the payments are revealed, who'll emerge victorious?

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 11: The Abergwaun Hotel
2024-11-04

This week's competition kicks off at the Abergwaun Hotel in Fishguard, Pembrokeshire. After a boat trip around the coast, owner Dan is quick to talk up his past career as a chef.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 12: Little London B&B
2024-11-05

Catherine and Gareth hope the serene setting of their Little London B&B in Powys will see them cruising to victory. But one set of guests feel left out in the cold when they're shunted out to a glamping pod in the garden and only offered a reduced menu for breakfast.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 13: Let's Glamp Retro
2024-11-06

The third visit of the week sends the B&Bers back in time, as Mark and Dawn host at their Let's Glamp Retro glampsite in Ceredigion. The hosts are extremely proud of their nostalgic, music-themed glamping pods - but not everyone appreciates the period décor.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 14: Ribble Valley Retreat
2024-11-07

Married couple Emma and Peter host the week's final visit, at their Ribble Valley Retreat in Lancashire. After a relaxing night under the stars, Dan gets a short, sharp, shivering shock in the showers and Mark and Dawn are underwhelmed at breakfast.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 15: Payment Day
2024-11-08

The B&Bers have had a smorgasbord of short-stay selections to scrutinise throughout the week, from traditional, cosy B&B vibes to '70s-inspired glamping pods. As payment day dawns, it remains to be seen which offering will win the week.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 16: The Firs
2024-11-11

The competition begins at The Firs in Perthshire, where the B&Bers visit a local castle, and low cleanliness scores prove a particularly sticky point for hosts Lindsay and Pauline.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 17: The National Hotel
2024-11-12

The B&Bers head north to Ross-shire, where Diogo and Rafael host at The National Hotel. They're hoping their traditional Scottish touches will have them on to a winner, but a peaceful night's sleep evades one set of guests.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 18: The Black Bull Inn
2024-11-13

Janie and Paul host the third visit of the week at The Black Bull Inn in Dumfries and Galloway where the guests enjoy the deluxe touches, but a lavatory let down causes concern.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 19: Braeview Glamping
2024-11-14

The B&Bers head to Morag and Jonny's Braeview Glamping in Berwickshire. A day out on the railway sees a head of steam building up beneath the guests' smiles as the tension of payment day looms, and the heat rises over the campfire as two sets of guests fail to see eye to eye.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 20: Payment Day
2024-11-15

After a tension-filled final visit, payment day promises to be a feisty affair. Cleanliness standards have been questioned throughout, and the B&Bers seem set to fight dirty when the debate starts.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 21: The Kings Head Inn
2024-11-18

This week's competition begins at The Kings Head Inn in West Sussex. Owners Colin and Oonagh arrange a visit to a Second World War aviation museum.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 22: The Roade House
2024-11-19

At The Roade House in Roade, Northamptonshire, hosts Paul and Maxine boast a wealth of facilities including a yoga studio and hair salon but guests discover a pressing problem.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 23: The Halfway House Inn
2024-11-20

Joanne and Julie host the third visit of the week at The Halfway House Inn in Morley, West Yorkshire where guests are impressed with the pub rooms but Paul and Maxine have a problem with the lack of shampoo.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 24: Stamford Meadows Glamping
2024-11-21

The B&Bers sample the great outdoors for the week's final visit, at Sanath and Amelia's Stamford Meadows Glamping in Lincolnshire. The hosts hope their guests will embrace the bespoke touches at their luxury site. However, for one pair, the walk to the toilet facilities is a step too far.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 25: Payment Day
2024-11-22

The B&Bers sample the great outdoors for the week's final visit, at Sanath and Amelia's Stamford Meadows Glamping in Lincolnshire. The hosts hope their guests will embrace the bespoke touches at their luxury site. But for one pair, the walk to the WC is a step too far.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 26: Westbrook Lodge Guest House
2024-11-25

The week's first destination is Westbrook Lodge Guest House in Margate. The hosts hope their guests will like the animal-themed rooms, But they're not wild about the egg choices.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 27: The Casterbridge
2024-11-26

Visit two of the week is to The Casterbridge in Dorchester where owner Noorani offers a classic English guest house with a Sri Lankan twist but some guests are concerned about the cleanliness.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 28: Overtown Manor
2024-11-27

Nancy and her friend Henrietta host the week's third visit at Overtown Manor in Wroughton, Wiltshire. Nancy is hoping the homely feel to her farmhouse, which has been in her family for four generations, will impress her guests but plumbing problems cause an issue.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 29: The Castle Inn
2024-11-28

The final visit of this week's competition is to The Castle Inn in George Nympton, Devon. Amanda and Josie aim to sweeten up their guests with a visit to a local honey manufacturer, but some dirty discoveries mean there's a sting in the tail for the hosts.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 30: Payment Day
2024-11-29

After a week of dog poo diatribe, spicy omelettes and farm faux pas, the B&Bers meet one last time to have a big old row and find out who's won.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 31: Watergate Yard
2024-12-02

This week's competition kicks off at Watergate Yard in Sleaford, Lincolnshire, where hosts Ryan and Hollie hope their unique style will impress. One guest gives the cleanliness standards a dusting down - although what the rivals will make of a creepy afternoon looking at 15,000 mannequins remains to be seen.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 32: Birdholme Glamping
2024-12-03

Mum and daughter Holly and Meg host the week's second visit at Birdholme Glamping in Nottinghamshire, where they aim to make glamping even more glam with some extra luxury touches, but the self-catering setup doesn't impress their guests.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 33: Holly Hill Inn
2024-12-04

Tom hosts the third visit of the week at Holly Hill Inn in Richmond, North Yorkshire. After a lot of bragging, expectations are high but it turns out his cleanliness scores aren't.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 34: Woodland Park Lakes Holidays
2024-12-05

The final visit of the week is to Woodland Park Lakes Holidays in Windermere, where it's all about location for host Brittany. The competition has already seen some tit-for-tat marking, and the B&Bers waste no time in trying to root out issues in their rooms. They're soon smiling when Brittany lays on an arty afternoon, though faces drop when it comes to the cost.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 35: Payment Day
2024-12-06

It's been a fiery week, with all of the B&Bers unhappy with their feedback - especially considering barely anyone has said they would like to return to one another's establishments. Fireworks seem in prospect as they meet up one last time to go over their scores and find out who's won.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 36: Clachan Garden B&B
2024-12-09

The competition kicks off at Clachan Garden B&B in the Scottish Highlands. Things get off on the wrong foot with a shoes-off policy, before an afternoon at the pottery wheel.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 37: Highland Premier Glamping Pods
2024-12-10

The B&Bers are still in the Highlands for the week's second visit, where Graham hosts at his Highland Premier Glamping Pods glampsite near Inverness. Graham hopes to inspire a spirit of adventure with an afternoon trying to track down the Loch Ness Monster. Unfortunately, Nessie proves a lot more elusive to find than furniture faults in the glamping pods.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 38: Cultybraggan Camp
2024-12-11

Sandie and Chloe host the week's third visit at Cultybraggan Camp in Perth and Kinross. They're hoping to give their guests an arresting stay at their site, which was used as a prisoner of war camp in the Second World War. The unique history of the place has the B&Bers enthralled, but at feedback time, the hosts struggle to sweep a barrage of cleanliness concerns under the carpet.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 39: Uplawmoor Hotel
2024-12-12

The week's final visit is to Uplawmoor Hotel near Glasgow, run by James and Neil. There are smiles all round during an afternoon of curling, but beneath the surface it seems some relationships between the B&Bers are on thin ice. Plus, a poor night's sleep for one pair leaves James and Neil feeling cranky about some of their scores.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 40: Payment Day
2024-12-13

It's been a topsy-turvy week with some B&Bers delighted with their scores - and others not so much. After a little bit of a praise and a lot of moaning on payment day, it remains unclear as to who will emerge victorious.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 41: The Tiger Inn
2024-12-16

The week begins at the Tiger Inn in Merthyr Tydfil, Glamorgan, where a stay packed with outdoor pursuits and local delicacies has been laid on.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 42: Hill House
2024-12-17

The B&Bers are in Bath for the week's second visit, at Hill House. Hosts Tina and Alex plunge their guests into the famous city's history. But parking problems and a big old climb to the hotel's hilltop location mean it doesn't hit the heights for everyone.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 43: Romney Marsh Shepherds Huts
2024-12-18

Kristina and Hanne host the week's final visit, at Romney Marsh Shepherds Huts in Kent. The rural location, breathtaking views and a trip to a vineyard have the B&Bers toasting the trip but in the morning, a lack of variety in the breakfast box might hamper the hosts' chances.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 44: Payment Day
2024-12-19

The B&Bers fight it out for the prized plaque on payment day, with a packed agenda of score settling and emotional feedback.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 45: Highlights
2024-12-20

A look back at some of the best (and worst) accommodation, low scores, tense arguments, dramatic moments and behind-the-scenes gossip.

Runtime: 23 min
Season 29 (2025)

No overview available.

45 episodes

Episodes
Episode 1: Inn Castledawson
2025-01-27

This week's competition begins at the Inn Castledawson in County Derry-Londonderry, where the tranquil river views go down a storm, as does an afternoon boat trip.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 2: Drumrush B&B
2025-01-28

Married couple Des and Mandy host the week's second visit, at their Drumrush B&B in County Fermanagh. The B&Bers embrace some inner peace with the stunning views and an afternoon of Pilates.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 3: Ballylough House
2025-01-29

The third visit of the week is to County Antrim, where June and Stevie host at Ballylough House. The cleanliness standards immediately get a dusting down, but spirits are stoked by a visit to the world-famous Bushmills whiskey distillery.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 4: The Wylies B&B
2025-01-30

Neil and Rush host the week's final visit at The Wylies B&B in Lisburn, Northern Ireland. The B&Bers feel pampered by the sleek, luxurious interiors and superb spa facilities and the hosts even offer their guests a pillow menu to ensure they have a great night's sleep.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 5: Payment Day
2025-01-31

It's payment day and the B&Bers finally find out what they've been paid and who's won - but not before they've bickered about breakfasts, scolded each other's scores and clashed over cleanliness.

Runtime: 23 min
Episode 6: Episode 6
2025-02-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 7: Episode 7
2025-02-04

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 8: Episode 8
2025-02-05

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 9: Episode 9
2025-02-06

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 10: Episode 10
2025-02-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 11: Episode 11
2025-02-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 12: Episode 12
2025-02-11

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 13: Episode 13
2025-02-12

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 14: Episode 14
2025-02-13

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 15: Episode 15
2025-02-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 16: Episode 16
2025-02-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 17: Episode 17
2025-02-18

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 18: Episode 18
2025-02-19

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 19: Episode 19
2025-02-20

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 20: Episode 20
2025-02-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 21: Episode 21
2025-02-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 22: Episode 22
2025-02-25

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 23: Episode 23
2025-02-26

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 24: Episode 24
2025-02-27

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 25: Episode 25
2025-02-28

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 26: Episode 26
2025-03-03

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 27: Episode 27
2025-03-04

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 28: Episode 28
2025-03-05

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 29: Episode 29
2025-03-06

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 30: Episode 30
2025-03-07

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 31: Episode 31
2025-03-10

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 32: Episode 32
2025-03-11

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 33: Episode 33
2025-03-12

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 34: Episode 34
2025-03-13

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 35: Episode 35
2025-03-14

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 36: Episode 36
2025-03-17

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 37: Episode 37
2025-03-18

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 38: Episode 38
2025-03-19

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 39: Episode 39
2025-03-20

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 40: Episode 40
2025-03-21

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 41: Episode 41
2025-03-24

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 42: Episode 42
2025-03-25

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 43: Episode 43
2025-03-26

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 44: Episode 44
2025-03-27

Runtime: N/A min
Episode 45: Episode 45
2025-03-28

Runtime: N/A min

Similar TV Shows

Recommended TV Shows